Environmental Impact Assessment Report & Environmental Management Plan

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT &
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

For
Proposed Expansion And/Or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new
products within existing premises
At
Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002,
Dist – Bharuch, Gujarat.
Land/Plot area: 704.00 m2
Production Capacity: 5.00 MT/Month
(Either individual or total production shall not exceed 5.0 MT/Month)
th
[ToR Letter No: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/685/2019, Dated 4 May, 2019]
st st
[Study Period: 1 March, 2019 to 31 May, 2019]
[Schedule 5 (f) Category –“B” Synthetic Organic Chemical Industry located in a Notified Industrial
Area/Estate as per EIA Notification 2006]
Project Proponent: NAVDURGA DYES & CHEMICALS

NAVDURGA DYES & Plot No. C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.:
CHEMICALS Bharuch, Gujarat.
Environmental Consultant: GREENLEAF ENVIROTECH PVT. LTD.
302, Kankavati Complex, Singanpor – Causway Road,
Katargam, Surat – 395004.
NABL Accredited Laboratory
ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
www.glepl.com
E – Mail: kalpesh.goti@glepl.com
CONTENTS
CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................... I
LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................................................................... VII
LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. X
LIST OF ANNEXURES ........................................................................................................................... XII
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT ....................................................................................... XIII
UNDERTAKING BY CONSULTANT...................................................................................................... XIV
ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................................................................. XV
TOR LETTER ISSUED BY SEIAA, GUJARAT ......................................................................................... XVI
TOR COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................................... XXII
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ...................................................................................................................................1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ........................................................................1
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................1
1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK........................................................................................2
1.5 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT ...............................................................................................................................3
1.6 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................5
CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................... 6
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ....................................................................................................................................................6

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT ..............................................................................................................6
2.3 PROJECT LOCATION ..............................................................................................................................................6
2.3.1 Location map ..................................................................................................................................................6
2.3.2 Site connectivity ............................................................................................................................................9
2.3.3 Site Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................10
2.4 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED BY OR FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................13
2.4.1 Land ...................................................................................................................................................................13
2.4.2 Power ................................................................................................................................................................15
2.4.3 Fuel.....................................................................................................................................................................15
2.4.4 Water.................................................................................................................................................................15
2.4.5 Manpower ........................................................................................................................................................16
2.4.6 List of Equipment ..........................................................................................................................................16
2.5 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ........................................................................................................17
2.6 RAW MATERIALS .....................................................................................................................................................19
2.7 MANUFACTURING PROCESS .............................................................................................................................22
2.7.1 Reactive Blue MR ..........................................................................................................................................22
2.7.2 Reactive Yellow M4R ....................................................................................................................................23
2.7.3 Acid Blue 25 ....................................................................................................................................................25
2.7.4 Acid Yellow GL ...............................................................................................................................................26
2.7.5 Acid Black-1 ....................................................................................................................................................27
2.7.6 Acid Orange-24 (Acid Orange-RL) .........................................................................................................28
CONTENTS
I
NAVDURGA DYES AND CHEMICALS, GIDC ANKLESHWAR, BHARUCH
NAVDURGA DYES &
II EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND ADDITION OF NEW PRODUCTS WITHIN EXISTING PREMISES
2.7.7 Acid Brown-45 (Acid Brown-2RL) ...........................................................................................................29

2.7.8 Basic Violet-1 (Liquid) .................................................................................................................................30
2.7.9 APMS (2-Amino Phenyl Hydroxy Methyl Sulfone) ............................................................................30
2.7.10 1 – Amino – 4 – Bromo Anthraquinone – 2 - Sulfamic Acid .........................................................32
2.7.11 Acid Yellow – 59 (Acid Yellow – RGLN).................................................................................................33
2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND CONTROL MEASURES ...............................................................................34
2.8.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................................................................34
2.8.2 Water Environment ......................................................................................................................................34
2.8.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management ..................................................................................................37
2.8.4 Noise Environment .......................................................................................................................................38
2.9 PROJECT COST .........................................................................................................................................................38
2.10 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE .......................................................................................................39
2.11 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................39
CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................... 40
3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA .........................................................................................................................................40

3.2 STUDY PERIOD .........................................................................................................................................................41
3.3 METHODOLOGY ......................................................................................................................................................41
3.4 METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS .................................41
3.5 MICROMETEOROLOGY.........................................................................................................................................42
3.5.1 Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind Speed & Wind Direction ...............................................42
3.5.2 Wind Rose Diagram .....................................................................................................................................45
3.5.3 Interpretation of Micrometeorological data ........................................................................................46
3.6 AMBIENT AIR ............................................................................................................................................................46
3.6.1 Ambient Air Quality .....................................................................................................................................47
3.6.2 Interpretation of Results .............................................................................................................................50
3.7 SOIL ..............................................................................................................................................................................50
3.8 LAND ENVIRONMENT...........................................................................................................................................54
3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT........................................................................................................................................56
3.9.1 Ground Water ................................................................................................................................................56
3.9.3 Surface Water .................................................................................................................................................60
3.10 NOISE ENVIRONMENT .........................................................................................................................................63
3.11 TRAFFIC SURVEY .....................................................................................................................................................66
3.11.1 Interpretation of Traffic Survey ................................................................................................................67
3.12 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY .................................................................................................................................67
3.12.1 Methodology ...................................................................................................................................................68
3.12.2 Flora ...................................................................................................................................................................68
3.12.3 FAUNA ..............................................................................................................................................................72
3.12.4 Interpretation of Ecology & Biodiversity ...............................................................................................74
3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ................................................................................................................................................74
3.13.1 Methodology ...................................................................................................................................................74
3.13.2 Demography ...................................................................................................................................................74
3.13.3 Literacy Rate & Economic Aspects ..........................................................................................................76
3.13.4 Occupational Structure ...............................................................................................................................79
3.13.5 Amenities .........................................................................................................................................................85
3.13.6 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data .................................................................................................89
3.14 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................89
CHAPTER 4 – ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......... 90
4.1 CRITERIA FOR MAGNITUDE OF IMPACTS......................................................................................................90

4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE ............................91
4.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
PHASE .....................................................................................................................................................................................93
4.3.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................................................................93
4.3.3 Soil Environment ...........................................................................................................................................94
4.3.5 Land Use/ Land Cover .................................................................................................................................95
4.3.6 Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................................95
4.3.7 Geology ............................................................................................................................................................95
4.3.8 Hazardous/Solid Waste ..............................................................................................................................95
4.3.9 Risk & Hazard ................................................................................................................................................95
4.3.10 Ecology & Biodiversity .................................................................................................................................96
4.3.11 Socio-Economic ..................................................................................................................................................96
4.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION
PHASE .....................................................................................................................................................................................97
4.4.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................................................................97
4.4.3 Soil Environment ...........................................................................................................................................105
4.4.5 Land Use/ Land Cover .................................................................................................................................105
4.4.6 Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................................105
4.4.7 Geology ............................................................................................................................................................105
4.4.8 Hazardous/Solid Waste ..............................................................................................................................106
4.4.9 Risk & Hazard ................................................................................................................................................106
4.4.10 Ecology & Biodiversity .................................................................................................................................107
4.4.11 Socio-Economic ..................................................................................................................................................107
4.5 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................108
CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ............................................. 109
5.1 ALTERNATIVES AND OTHER TECHNOLOGY .................................................................................................109

5.2 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................109
CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ........................................................... 110
6.1 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ..............................................................110

6.2 MONITORING METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................111
6.3 LABORATORY FACILITIES .....................................................................................................................................111
6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS .................................................................................................................112
CONTENTS
III
NAVDURGA DYES &
IV EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
6.5 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING .........................................................................................112

6.6 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................113
CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................. 114
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................................................................................114

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT ..................................................................................................................................................114
7.2.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................114
7.2.2 Scope of the Study ........................................................................................................................................114
7.2.3 Objectives of Risk Assessment ..................................................................................................................114
7.2.4 Tools and Software .......................................................................................................................................114
7.2.5 Methodology ...................................................................................................................................................115
7.2.6 Details of Storage .........................................................................................................................................116
7.2.7 Physico-Chemical properties of chemicals handle in the plant ...................................................119
7.3 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT .....................................................................................................................125
7.3.1 Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals ...........................................................................................127
7.3.2 Storage and Handling of Toxic Chemicals ...........................................................................................128
7.3.3 Storage and Handling of Corrosive chemicals ...................................................................................130
7.4 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT ..................................................................................................................132
7.4.1 Consequence Analysis .................................................................................................................................132
7.4.2 Assumptions for Consequence Analysis ..............................................................................................135
7.4.3 Consequences Analysis ...............................................................................................................................137
7.4.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours .....................................................................140
7.4.5 Flammable Chemical Release Scenarios ..............................................................................................141
7.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS .........................................................................................144
7.5.1 Arrangements for ensuring health & safety of workers engaged in handling of hazardous
materials ............................................................................................................................................................................144
7.5.2 Measures for Fugitive Emission Control ................................................................................................146
7.5.3 Ways to Minimize the Manual Handling of the Hazardous Chemicals ....................................146
7.5.4 Fire Control Plan ...........................................................................................................................................147
7.5.5 Recommendations to Mitigate Reaction Hazards .............................................................................148
7.5.6 Antidotes Details ...........................................................................................................................................148
7.5.7 Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) program .......................................................................................148
7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................................................149
7.6.1 On-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................................149
7.6.2 Off-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................................157
7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY ...............................................................................................................159
7.7.1 Hospital Facilities ..........................................................................................................................................159
7.7.2 Factory Medical Officer ...............................................................................................................................159
7.7.3 Ambulance Van .............................................................................................................................................159
7.7.4 First Aid Box ....................................................................................................................................................159
7.7.5 Periodic Medical Examination ..................................................................................................................159
7.7.6 Health Evaluation of Workers ..................................................................................................................160
7.7.7 Workplace Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Plan .............................................................................160
7.7.8 EMP to Keep Air-born Concentration of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals below its PEL /TLV
161
7.7.9 Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards .......................................................161
7.7.10 Monitoring of the Occupational Injury & It’s Impact on Workers..............................................162
7.7.11 Safety Trainings & Mock Drills ...............................................................................................................162
7.8 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................163
CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS....................................................................................................... 164
8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS ...............................................................................................................................................164

8.2 SOCIAL BENEFITS ....................................................................................................................................................164
8.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ...............................................................................................................................164
8.4 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................164
CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................ 165
CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 166
10.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...............................................................................................................................................166

10.1.1 Construction Phase ......................................................................................................................................166
10.1.2 Operation Phase............................................................................................................................................167
10.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT........................................................................................................................................169
10.2.2 Operation Phase............................................................................................................................................169
10.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT .........................................................................................................................................171
10.3.2 Operation Phase............................................................................................................................................171
10.4 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ..............................................................................................172
10.4.2 Operation Phase............................................................................................................................................172
10.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .........................................................................................................173
10.5.2 Operational Phase ........................................................................................................................................173
10.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) ...............................................................................175
10.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ..............................................................................................................................175
10.8 ODOR CONTROL PLAN.........................................................................................................................................177
10.8.1 Odor Control for Solid Handling .............................................................................................................177
10.8.2 Odor Control for Liquid Handling ...........................................................................................................177
10.9 RESOURCE CONSERVATION ..............................................................................................................................177
10.9.1 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) .................................................................................................................177
10.9.2 Energy Conservation ....................................................................................................................................179
10.10 CLEANER PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES ...........................................................................................................180
10.11 BUDGET FOR EMS ...................................................................................................................................................181
10.12 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ..................................................................................................................................181
10.12.1 Corporate Environmental Policy (CEP) .............................................................................................181
10.12.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)..........................................................................................182
10.13 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................................183
CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION................................................................................. 184
11.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................184

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................184
11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ..........................................................................................................185
CONTENTS
V
NAVDURGA DYES &
VI EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..........................................185

11.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .............................................................................................................................185
11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ........................................................................................................186
11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...........................................................................................................................................186
11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT....................................................................................................................................................186
11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...............................................................................................186
11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN......................................................................................................186
11.11 CONCLUSION ...........................................................................................................................................................187
CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS .............................................................................. 188
12.1 DETAILS OF CONSULTANT ..................................................................................................................................188

LIST OF TABLES
Table No. 1.1 – Name and Contact details for the Project ............................................................................................. 1
Table No. 1.2 – Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation .................................................................................................... 2
Table No. 1.3 – Structure of EIA report ................................................................................................................................... 3
Table No. 2.1 – Four Corner Latitude and Longitude of the Project Site .................................................................. 6
Table No. 2.2 – Site Connectivity............................................................................................................................................... 9
Table No. 2.3 – Land Area Break up ....................................................................................................................................... 13
Table No. 2.4 – Name of the fuel, quantity and fuel used for ..................................................................................... 15
Table No. 2.5 – Total Water Consumption .......................................................................................................................... 15
Table No. 2.6 – Productwise Water Consumption ........................................................................................................... 16
Table No. 2.7 – List of Equipment ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Table No. 2.8 – List of Products with Quantity .................................................................................................................. 17
Table No. 2.9 – Product wise Raw Material Consumption ............................................................................................ 19
Table No. 2.10 (a) – Details of flue gas emission .............................................................................................................. 34
Table No. 2.10 (b) – Details of Process gas emission ...................................................................................................... 34
Table No. 2.11 – Wastewater generation ............................................................................................................................. 35
Table No. 2.12 – Productwise wastewater generation .................................................................................................... 35
Table No. 2.13 – Size of different units of ETP ................................................................................................................... 37
Table No. 2.14 – Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, Source, Category, Quantity and Diposal .................. 37
Table No. 2.15 – Project Cost.................................................................................................................................................... 38
Table No. 2.16 – Project Implementation Schedule ........................................................................................................ 39
Table No. 3.1 – Frequency of Environmental Sampling ................................................................................................. 41
Table No. 3.2 – Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ........................................................................... 42
Table No. 3.3 – Minimum, Maximum and Average of Temperature, Relative Humidity & Wind Speed
during Study Period ..................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Table No. 3.4 – Ambient Air Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region .................................................. 46
Table No. 3.5 – Min., Max., Avg. & 98 Percentile Analysis value for Ambient Air ................................................ 48
Table No. 3.6 – Soil Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ....................................................................... 50
Table No. 3.7 – Soil Sampling Analysis Results ................................................................................................................. 52
Table No. 3.8 – Standard Soil Classification ........................................................................................................................ 53
Table No. 3.9 – Land Use Details............................................................................................................................................ 55
Table No. 3.10 – Ground Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ............................................... 56
Table No. 3.11 – Ground Water Analysis Results .............................................................................................................. 58
Table No. 3.12 – Surface Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ............................................... 60
Table No. 3.13 – Surface Water Analysis Results .............................................................................................................. 61
Table No. 3.14 – Standard Limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological Parameters ................................... 63
Table No. 3.15 – Noise Level Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region ................................................. 64
Table No. 3.16 – Noise Monitoring Report During Day Time and Night Time ..................................................... 65
Table No. 3.17 – Recommended PCU Factors for various types of Vehicles ......................................................... 66
Table No. 3.18 – Level of Service ............................................................................................................................................. 66
Table No. 3.19 – Existing Traffic Scenario ............................................................................................................................ 67
Table No. 3.20 – List of Flora..................................................................................................................................................... 68
Table No. 3.21 – List of Fauna .................................................................................................................................................. 72
Table No. 3.22 – Details of Population in Study Area ..................................................................................................... 74
Table No. 3.23 – Population Density & Sex Ratio ............................................................................................................ 76
LIST OF TABLES
VII
NAVDURGA DYES &
VIII EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
Table No. 3.24 – Literacy Rate .................................................................................................................................................. 77

Table No. 3.25 – Literacy Rate within 10 Km Radial Distance of Study Area ......................................................... 77
Table No. 3.26 – Occupational Structure ............................................................................................................................. 79
Table No. 3.27 – Distribution of Workers ............................................................................................................................ 82
Table No. 3.28 – Details of Amenities available in study area ..................................................................................... 85
Table No. 3.29 – Abbreviations for Amenities ................................................................................................................... 88
Table No. 4.1 – Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts ......................................................................................... 90
Table No. 4.2 – Impacts vs. Probability Chart ..................................................................................................................... 90
Table No. 4.3 – Cumulative Score Range for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts ..................................................... 91
Table No. 4.4 – Impact Identification Matrix During Construction Phase .............................................................. 91
Table No. 4.5 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Construction Phase (Without
Mitigation Measures) ................................................................................................................................................................... 91
Table No. 4.6 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Operation Phase ........................................ 92
Table No. 4.7 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix during Operation Phase (without Mitigation
Measures) ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 92
Table No. 4.8 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment .................................................................... 93
Table No. 4.9 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment ............................................................. 93
Table No. 4.10 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment ................................................................ 94
Table No. 4.11 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment ........................................................... 94
Table No. 4.12 – Impact due to Hazardous/Solid Waste and its Mitigation Measures ..................................... 95
Table No. 4.13 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology & Biodiversity .................................................... 96
Table No. 4.14 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic ................................................................. 96
Table No. 4.15 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Construction Phase (with Mitigation
Measures) ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
Table No. 4.16 – Resultant Concentration Value ........................................................................................................... 102
Table No. 4.17 – Traffic load due to material transportation & employment.................................................... 103
Table No. 4.18 – Traffic Scenario and LOS after Proposed Expansion .................................................................. 103
Table No. 4.19 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment .............................................................. 104
Table No. 4.20 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment ........................................................ 104
Table No. 4.21 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment ............................................................. 105
Table No. 4.22 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment ........................................................ 105
Table No. 4.23 – Impact due to Hazardous/Solid Waste and its Mitigation Measures .................................. 106
Table No. 4.24 – Impact due to Risk & Hazards and its Mitigation Measures .................................................. 106
Table No. 4.25 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................. 107
Table No. 4.26 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic .............................................................. 107
Table No. 4.27 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix during Operation Phase (with Mitigation
Measures) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 108
Table No. 6.1 – Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program .......................................................................... 110
Table No. 6.2 – Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ........................................................................ 111
Table No. 6.3 – Environmenal Monitoring Cost break up .......................................................................................... 112
Table No. 7.1 – Storage details of products & raw materials ................................................................................... 116
Table No. 7.2 – Physico – Chemical properties of the Chemicals ........................................................................... 119
Table No. 7.3 – Scenario Selected for simulation of hazardous chemicals stored ........................................... 124
Table No. 7.4 – Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment .................................................................................... 125
Table No. 7.5 – Risk Range & Acceptability Criteria ..................................................................................................... 126
Table No. 7.6 – Risks and Recommendations for Solid Chemicals ......................................................................... 127
Table No. 7.7 – Risks and Recommendations for Toxic Chemicals ........................................................................ 128
Table No. 7.8 – Risks and Recommendations for Corrosive chemicals ................................................................ 130
Table No. 7.9 – Damage due to Radiation Intensity ..................................................................................................... 132
Table No. 7.10 – Overpressure Damage ............................................................................................................................ 133
Table No. 7.11 – Event Classification .................................................................................................................................. 135
Table No. 7.12 – Weather Condition Selected ................................................................................................................ 136
Table No. 7.13 – Radiation effect distance due to release of Dimethyl Aniline ................................................ 141
Table No. 7.14 – Results of Consequence Analysis ....................................................................................................... 144
Table No. 7.15 – Control Measures to Reduce the Risk of Fire and Explosion .................................................. 144
Table No. 7.16 – Type of Fire provided within premises ............................................................................................ 147
Table No. 7.17 – Details of Antidotes ................................................................................................................................. 148
Table No. 7.18 – List of PPE‟s ................................................................................................................................................ 162
Table No. 10.1 – Details of Process Gas Emission ......................................................................................................... 168
Table No. 10.2 – Size of different units of ETP ................................................................................................................ 169
Table No. 10.3 – Characteristics of Effluent ..................................................................................................................... 170
Table No. 10.4 – CER Activities with Year wise Budget (Rs. in Lakhs) .................................................................... 175
Table No. 10.5 – List of trees to be planted within and outside premises .......................................................... 176
Table No. 10.6 – Year wise tree plantation program along with budget ............................................................. 176
Table No. 10.7 – Budget allocation for 5 years greenbelt .......................................................................................... 176
Table No. 10.8 – Details of maximum rain water generated ..................................................................................... 178
Table No. 10.9 – Budget for EMP ......................................................................................................................................... 181
LIST OF TABLES
IX
NAVDURGA DYES &
X EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No. 2.1 – Map Showing General and Specific Location of Project Site............................................................ 7
Figure No. 2.2 – Short View of the Project site with Project Boundary ......................................................................... 8
Figure No. 2.3 – Toposheet ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
Figure No. 2.4 – Seismic Zone Map ......................................................................................................................................... 10
Figure No. 2.5 –Drainage Map .................................................................................................................................................. 10
Figure No. 2.6 – Hydrogeological Map ................................................................................................................................... 12
Figure No. 2.7 – Layout Plan ...................................................................................................................................................... 14
Figure No. 2.8 – Water Balance Diagram (Existing, KLD) ............................................................................................... 36
Figure No. 2.9 – Water Balance Diagram (After Proposed Expanstion, KLD) .......................................................... 36
Figure No. 2.10 – ETP flow Diagram ....................................................................................................................................... 37
Figure No. 3.1 – Study Area map ............................................................................................................................................. 40
O
Figure No. 3.2 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the March – 2019. ................. 43
O
Figure No. 3.3 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the April – 2019. .................... 43
O
Figure No. 3.4 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the May – 2019. ..................... 44
Figure No. 3.5 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the March – 2019........................... 44
Figure No. 3.6 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the April – 2019. ............................. 44
Figure No. 3.7 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the May – 2019. .............................. 44
st st
Figure No. 3.8 – Wind Rose Diagram (1 March, 2019 to 31 May, 2019) ............................................................... 45
Figure No. 3.9 – Ambient Air Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region .................................................... 47
Figure No. 3.10 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for PM10 ................................................................. 49
Figure No. 3.11 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for PM2.5 ................................................................ 49
Figure No. 3.12 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for SO 2 ................................................................... 49
Figure No. 3.13 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for Nox ................................................................... 50
Figure No. 3.14 – Soil Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ...................................................................... 51
Figure No. 3.15 – Land Use Map .............................................................................................................................................. 54
Figure No. 3.16 – Pie Chart of Land Use Statistics (%) (10 km) .................................................................................... 55
Figure No. 3.17 – Ground Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ................................................ 57
Figure No. 3.18 – Surface Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region ................................................. 60
Figure No. 3.19 – Noise Level Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region ................................................... 64
Figure No. 3.20 – Graphical presentation of min. & max. Value of noise level during day time ...................... 65
Figure No. 3.21 – Graphical presentation of min. & max. Value of noise level during night time................... 65
Figure No. 4.1 – Isopleths for Concentration of PM ........................................................................................................... 99
Figure No. 4.2 – Isopleths for Concentration of SO2 ....................................................................................................... 100
Figure No. 4.3 – Isopleths for Concentration of NOx ..................................................................................................... 101
Figure No. 7.1 – Location of Storage of Various Chemicals ......................................................................................... 140
Figure No. 7.2 – Late Pool Fire and Toxic Dose due to 5 mm leak in storage drum at weather condition
1.5/D. ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 142
Figure No. 7.3 – Catastrophic Late Pool Fire and Toxic Dose due to leak in storage drum at weather
condition 1.5/D ............................................................................................................................................................................ 143
Figure No. 10.1 – Schematic Diagram of APCM for Process Emission (HCl Gas) ................................................ 167
Figure No. 10.2 – ETP flow Diagram .................................................................................................................................... 170
Figure No. 10.3 – Schematic Diagram of Rain Water Harvesting Pit ..................................................................... 178
Figure No. 10.4 – Organogram of the Environment Management Cell .................................................................. 182
LIST OF FIGURES
XI
NAVDURGA DYES &
XII EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE 1 – LAND DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................................. 189
ANNEXURE 2 – CC&A COPY AND IT‘S COMPLIANCE REPORT ................................................................................ 190
ANNEXURE 3 – GIDC WATER PERMISSION LETTER ..................................................................................................... 191
ANNEXURE 4 – CETP MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................................... 192
ANNEXURE 5 – TSDF MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................................... 193
ANNEXURE 6 – ENVIRONMENT POLICY ........................................................................................................................... 194
ANNEXURE 7 – UNDERTAKING ............................................................................................................................................ 195
ANNEXURE 8 – ADEQUACY CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................................................... 196
ANNEXURE 9 – APPLIACTION GRANTED SCREENSHOT OF CTE AFTER TOR .................................................... 197
ANNEXURE 10 – HIGH COURT STAY ORDER .................................................................................................................. 198
ANNEXURE 11 – SHOW – CAUSE NOTICES AND CLOSURE NOTICES SERVED BY THE GPCB .................... 199
ANNEXURE 12 – ANALYSIS REPORTS AND COPIES OF INSTRUCTIONS WITH POINT WISE COMPLIANCE
........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200
ANNEXURE 13 – MSDS ............................................................................................................................................................ 201
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT

XIII
NAVDURGA DYES &
XIV EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
UNDERTAKING BY CONSULTANT
ABBREVIATIONS
EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment
EC - Environmental Clearance
CC&A - Consolidated Consent & Authorization
SEIAA - State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority
TOR - Terms of References
SEAC - State Expert Appraisal Committee
EMP - Environmental Management Plan
AMSL - Average Mean Sea Level
MoEF&CC - Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
N. H. - National Highway
S. H. - State Highway
PPEs - Personnel Protective Equipments
GLC - Ground Level Concentration
ISCST – 3 - Industrial Source Complex – Short Term
MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheet
CPCB - Central Pollution Control Board
GPCB - Gujarat Pollution Control Board
NAAQS - National Ambient Air Qualtiy Standard
GIDC - Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation
PHAST - Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool
BLEVE - Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion
QRA - Quantitative Risk Assessment
TLV - Threshold Limit Value
STEL - Short Time Exposure Limit
IDLH - Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health
LCLo - Lethal Concentration Low
TCLo - Toxic Concentration Low
ERPG - Emergency Response Planning Guidelines
LDAR - Leak Detection and Repair
DMP - Disaster Management Plan
ABBREVIATIONS
XV
NAVDURGA DYES &
XVI EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
TOR LETTER ISSUED BY SEIAA, GUJARAT

XVII
NAVDURGA DYES &
XVIII EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
XIX
NAVDURGA DYES &
XX EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
XXI
NAVDURGA DYES &
XXII EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
TOR COMPLIANCE
Sr.
TOR Points Compliance of TOR
No.
Specific TOR
Compliance of MOEFCC‗s OM dated 01/05/2018 regarding ―Corporate environment Corporate environment responsibility is mentioned in Section 10.6, Page
responsibility‖ (CER). Fund allocation for Corporate environment responsibility No. 175.
1.
(CER) Shall be made as per MOEFCC‗s OM 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 01/05/2018 for
various activities for CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP project.
Explore the use of renewable energy to the maximum extent possible. Details of Measures proposed for energy conservation is mentioned in Section
provisions to make the project energy-efficient through energy-efficient devises 10.9.2, Page No. 179.
2.
and adoption of modes of alternative eco-friendly sources of energy like solar
water heater, solar lighting etc. Measures proposed for energy conservation.
PP Shall furnish status of all the applicable Rules, Acts, Regulations, Clearance in a The applicable Rules, Acts, Regulations, Clearance are mentioned in
3.
tabular form. Section 10.4, Page No. 2.
Existing and proposed product wise quantity and quality of industrial waste water Existing and proposed product wise quantity of industrial waste water
generation along with its source (Process, Washing, utility etc.) generation is mentioned in Section 2.8.2, Page No. 34.
4.
Quality of industrial waste water generation is mentioned in Section
10.4, Page No. 2.
5. To justify Quantity of ETP sludge generation against treatment of industrial effluent. ETP sludge generation is mentioned in Section 2.8.3, Page No. 37.
Segregation of waste water stream based on characteristics and its proper Only normal effluent will be generated from the existing as well as
management keeping in view direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the Water proposed production activity. Hence segregation fo waste water stream
6.
(Prevention and Control of pollution) act, 1974 issued by CPCB regarding is not application. However characteristics of waste water stream and its
compliance of CETP. proper management mentioned in Section 10.2.2, Page No. 169.
Standard TOR
A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of below mentioned TORs. Complied.
1.
Refer Page No. XXII.
Sr.
No.
Executive summary of the project — giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of Complied.
the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, it should provide a Executive summary of the project mentioned in Chapter 11, Page No.
2.
compilation of EIA report; including EMP and the post project monitoring plan in 184.
brief.
Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size. The Company is in the production of various dyes since past few years.
Due to demand of existing as well as proposed products in the present
market scenario, company will need to proposed expansion and/or
reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products
3. within existing premises in the various dyes manufacturing. Proposed
expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition
of new products having total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual
or Total production shall not exceed 5.0 MT/Month). Hence total plot
2
area i.e. 704.00 m is sufficient after proposed expansion.
Land requirement for the project including its break up for various purposes, its Land requirement for the project including its break up for various
availability and optimization. purposes along with its optimization are mentioned in Section 2.4.1,
4.
Page No. 13. Land document is attached as Annexure – 1, Page No.
189.
Land possession documents. Copy of NA order showing permission to use the Land is located in Ankleshwar GIDC. Hence, NA copy is not required.
5. project land for industrial purpose. If located in GIDC, copy of plot holding Land document is attached as Annexure – 1, Page No. 189.
certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.
Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances from the project site Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances from the
6.
to be demarcated on a Toposheet (1:50000 scale). project site and Toposheet are mentioned in Section 2.3.2, Page No. 9.
Topography details of the project area. Topography detail of the project area is mentioned in Section 2.3.3,
7.
Page No. 10.
Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area. Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area is
8.
mentioned in Section 2.3.3, Page No. 10.
In case of project located outside notified area: Legal Undertaking stating that unit Not application as project is located in notified industrial area.
3
9. is complying the three conditions [i.e. water consumption less than 25 M /day; Fuel
consumption less than 25 TPD; and not covered in the category of MAH units as
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXIII
NAVDURGA DYES &
XXIV EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
Sr.
No.
per the Management, Storage, import of Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC Rules),
1989] as per the amendment to EIA Notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated
25/06/2014.
Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based on satellite imagery. Present land use pattern of the study area based on satellite imagery is
10.
mentioned in Section 3.8, Page No. 54.
Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within the Layout plan of the factory premises is mentioned in Section 2.4.1, Page
plant. Provision of separate entry & exit and adequate margin all-round the No. 13.
11.
periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders
without reversing back. Mark the same in the plant layout.
Technical details of the plant‗s along with details on best available technologies Technical details of the plant‗s along with details on best available
12. (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting the same. technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting the
same are mentioned in Section 2.7, Page No. 22.
Product spectrum (Proposed products along with production Capacity) and Proposed products along with production Capacity are mentioned in
13. processes. Section 2.5, Page No. 17 and processes are mentioned in Section 2.7,
Page No. 22.
Chemical name of each proposed product to be manufactured. Details on end use Products and product wise raw material consumption along with
14. of each product. (Provide CAS number of all the products & raw materials. In case chemical name, CI/CAS number, end use of products are mentioned in
of Dyes, Cl number). Section 2.5 & Section 2.6, Page No. 17 & Page No. 19 respectively.
Details on raw materials, source and storage within the premises. All the raw materials are available in the domestic market. Details of raw
15. materials and storage within the premises are mentioned in Section
7.2.6, Page No. 116.
Details of complete manufacturing process/ operations of each product along with Details of complete manufacturing process, operations of each product
chemical reactions, process flow diagram describing each unit processes and unit along with chemical reactions, process flow diagram describing each unit
16.
operations along with material balance, consumption of raw materials etc. processes and unit operations along with material balance, consumption
of raw materials are mentioned in Section 2.7, Page No. 22.
Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner production activities. Details on cleaner production activities are mentioned in Section 10.10,
17.
Page No. 180.
Sr.
No.
Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with Source of water is GIDC. Permission letter from GIDC water supply is
18. the requirements for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority attached as Annexure – 3, Page No. 191.
for supply of raw water.
Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within the premises (If project is Undertaking is attached as Annexure – 7, Page No. 195.
19.
located within the Industrial estate).
Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & Water consumption and wastewater generation are mentioned in
reused. Details of methods to be adopted for the water conservation. Section 2.4.4, Page No. 15 and Section 2.8.2, Page No. 34 respectively.
20.
Water conservation details are mentioned in Section 10.2, Page No.
169.
Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities
21.
body. will be send to ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) option for the proposed treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
22. CETP certificate is attached as Annexure – 4, Page No. 192.
project.
Only normal effluent will be generated from the existing as well as
Segregation of waste streams, characterization and quality with specific treatment proposed production activity. Hence segregation of waste water stream
23. and disposal of each stream including action plan for maximum recycle of treated is not applicable. However characteristics of waste water stream and its
waste water and minimum discharge for effluent. proper management mentioned in Section 10.2.2, Page No. 169.
Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensions of each unit along Capacity of Existing ETP is 5 KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensions
with schematic flow diagram. Inlet, transitional and treated effluent qualities with of each unit along with schematic flow diagram mentioned in Section
specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all 10.2.2, Page No. 169.
24.
concerned/regulated environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be
based on worst case scenario considering production of most polluting products
that can be manufactured in the plant concurrently.
25. In case of discharge into GIDC drainage/Pipeline: Not applicable.
Copy of permission letter with quantity (KL/day) from the concern authority of
I. drainage network/ pipeline with confirmation for spare capacity available to take
additional effluent.
Characteristics of the combined effluent and treated water to be sent to Common
II.
pipeline with reference to the MoEFCC/ CPCB/ GPCB discharge norms.
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXV
NAVDURGA DYES &
XXVI EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
Sr.
No.
III. Provision for continuous monitoring system for waste water discharge.
In case of waste water sent to Common Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Dryer Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities
26.
etc. will be send to ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
a. Details of Common facilities Including treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
CETP certificate is attached as Annexure – 4, Page No 192.
1. Total capacity of the CF
2. Copy of CC&A of the CF.
3. Actual load at present (Qualitative and Quantitative — KL per day)
4. Booked quantity & Spare capacity of CF
Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/ Air/
5. Hazardous samples collected by GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued by
GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof.
Copies of Show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB and its
6.
compliance
Recommendations and suggestions of the last two Environments Audit reports of
6.
CETP and its compliance report.
7. Common Facility Up gradation scheme, if any.
Status of compliance to the 18(1) (b) direction issued by the CPCB with respect to
b.
CETP compliance & CEPI area action plan along with relevant supportive document.
Give status of compliance of Environmental norms of existing Common
c. Infrastructure i. e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer (Whichever is applicable) in which you
are a member.
Submit adequacy of Common Infrastructure i. e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer for
additional load (whichever is applicable) along with written confirmation/
d.
membership certificate mentioning the same (Total consented quantity, total
quantity booked so far, quantity booked for the unit, spare quantity available).
Sr.
No.
27. In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD): Not applicable.
Action plan for ‗Zero‘ discharge of effluent shall be included. Notarized undertaking
I. for assuring that underground drainage connection will not be taken in the unit
and there shall be no effluent discharge outside the plant premises.
Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system to achieve Zero
II.
Liquid Discharge (ZLD).
Certification of adequacy of proposed ZLD scheme through credible institutes of
III.
National repute.
To estimate & monitor ground water quality & its contamination status, piezometer
wells, one on up gradient of the groundwater flow and other three on down
IV. gradient side of the ground water flow of the proposed project at different depth
based on available ground water depth shall be established and all the parameters
mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable water standard shall be monitored.
In case of in-house MEE/Spray dryer for waste water treatment: Capacity of Not Applicable.
MEE/Spray dryer in KL/hr. Technical details of MEE including evaporation capacity,
steam required for evaporation, adequacy of the proposed boiler to supply steam
28. for evaporation in addition to the steam required for the process etc. Techno-
economical viability of the evaporation system. Control measures proposed for the
evaporation system in order to avoid/reduce gaseous emission/ VOC from
evaporation of industrial effluent containing solvents & other chemicals.
29. Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/ spray Dryer, RO/NF system etc. (If any). Not Applicable.
Details of the treatability and feasibility of wastewater to be disposed off by means Not applicable.
30.
of spray dryer and its impact on environment and Human health.
Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be provided for the waste Undertaking is attached as Annexure – 7, Page no. 195.
31.
water treatment system viz. ETP, RO, MEE, Spray dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable)
32. Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system. Not applicable as our effluent will be send to CETP for further treatment.
Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated Details of wastewater management plan are mentioned in Section 10.2,
33.
from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, used container washing etc. Measures Page No. 169.
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXVII
XXVII NAVDURGA DYES &
EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
I PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND ADDITION OF NEW PRODUCTS WITHIN EXISTING PREMISES
Sr.
No.
proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances.
Action plan for reuse of liquid waste streams like Spent acids, Poly Aluminium Not Applicable.
34. Chloride etc. within premises to convert into valuable products instead of sending
outside to actual end-users.
Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect to the pollution load envisaged in Proposed EMS is designed based on the proposed pollution load and all
terms of Air, Water and hazardous waste. parameters will within the standard of CPCB/MoEF&CC. Proposed EMS is
adequate with respect to the pollution load envisaged in terms of Air,
35.
Water and Hazardous waste.
Adequacy from schedule II Auditor of the proposed EMS is attached as
Annexure – 8, Page No. 196.
One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative One season Site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature,
36. humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be incorporated. relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall are
mentioned in Section 3.5, Page No. 42.
Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed
evaluated for significance and based on corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued project/production are mentioned in the Chapter – 4, Page No. 90.
37. Environmental Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted Baseline studies were conducted within the study area of 10 km which is
within the study area for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely impacts will mentioned in Chapter – 3, Page No. 40.
have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.
One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except monsoon season) To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study
st
to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall region, monitoring was conducted for 9 numbers of locations during 1
st
be in accordance with the revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) March, 2019 to 31 May, 2019. At the time of location selection previous
as well as project specific parameters like NH3, HCI, CL2, HBr, VOC etc. Locations of micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern in the
38. the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the study region was considered for the selection of minimum one location
pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors. There in the downwind direction. However, ambient air monitoring locations
should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be were selected in all the directions looking towards the possibility of
at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a change in wind pattern during the study period. Refer Section 3.6, Page
location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur. No. 46.
Sr.
No.
Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality due to proposed Air Quality modeling along with its impact identification were carried out
activities. The details of model used and input parameters used for modeling and mentioned in Section 4.4.1, Page No. 97.
should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on location map clearly
indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind
39.
rose showing pre-dominant wind direction should also be indicated on the map.
Impact due to vehicular movement shall also be included into the prediction using
suitable model. Results of Air dispersion modeling should be superimposed on
satellite Image/ geographical area map.
Base line status of the noise environment, impact of noise on present environment Base line status of the noise environment is mentioned in Section 3.10,
40. due to the project and proposed measures for noise reduction including Page No. 63. Impact of noise on present environment due to the project
engineering controls. and proposed measures are mentioned in Section 4.4.4, Page No. 105.
41. Specific details of
a. Process gas emission from each unit process with its quantification. There is no process emission from existing production activity. After
Air pollution Control Measures (APCM) proposed for process gas emission. Proposed expansion HCl will be generated from the Chlorosulphonic
b. Adequacy of the air pollution control measures (APCM) for process gas emission Storage Tank details are mentioned in Section 2.8.1, Page No. 34.
measures to achieve the GPCB norms.
c. Details of the utilities required. Details of utilities are mentioned in Section 2.4.3, Page No. 15.
d. Type and quantity (MT/hr & MT/Day) of fuel to be used for each utility.
e. Flue gas emission rate emission from each utility. Details of flue gas emission and its APCM are mentioned in Section
Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) proposed to each of the utility along wan its 2.8.1, Page No. 34.
f. adequacy. Adequacy from schedule II Auditor of the proposed EMS is attached as
Annexure – 8, Page No. 196.
List the project specific sources of fugitive emission along with its quantification Fugitive emission and its control measures are mentioned in Section
g.
and proposed measures to control it. 10.1.2, Page No 167.
h. Details on tail gas treatment. (lf any) Not applicable.
42. Provisions of CEMS (Continuous Emission Monitoring System) Industry will be provided CEMS for the proposed expansion project.
43. Action plan for odor control to be submitted. Odour control plan is mentioned in Section 10.8, Page No. 177.
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXIX
NAVDURGA DYES &
XXX EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
Sr.
No.
Management plan for hazardous/Solid waste including storage, handling, utilization Solid/Hazardous waste Management Plan is mentioned in Section 10.4,
and safe disposal as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans Page No. 172.
44.
Boundary Movement) Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect of specific treatment,
such as solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed.
How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes will be minimized? Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers
45. Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its and its record keeping and minimized manual handling of hazardous
record keeping. wastes are mentioned in Section 10.4.2, Page No. 172.
Management of by-products which fall under the purview of the Hazardous and Hazardous wastes generation is mentioned in Section 2.8.3, Page No.
46. Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016 as per the 37.
said rules and necessary permissions from the concern authority.
Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure like TSDF, Common Membership of BEIL is attached as Annexure - 5, Page No. 196.
47.
Incineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray dryer etc.
Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed production. Not Applicable as no spent solvent will be generated from the existing as
Details of in-house solvent recovery system including mass balance, solvent loss, well proposed manufacturing activity.
48.
recovery efficiency (% recovery), feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc. for
each type of solvent.
Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed, to assess the Proposed Environment Monitoring plan is mentioned in Chapter – 6,
49.
possible residual impacts on VECs. Page No. 110.
A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for impact on Proposed Environmental Management Plan is mentioned in Chapter –
human health and environment as well as detailed monitoring plan and 10, Page No. 166.
environmental management cell proposed for implementation and monitoring of
50. EMP. The EMP should also include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/
reuse/ recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment pollution
control measures.
Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the recognized agencies if Industry will be provided in house monitoring for noise and wastewater.
51.
proposed for conducting monitoring. However for complete monitoring of Air, Water, Noise, Hazardous, etc.,
Sr.
No.
Industry will be carried out third party monitoring through NABL
accredited laboratory.
52. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any. Not Applicable.
Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to Details of occupational health impacts and its mitigation measures are
avoid the human health hazards along with the personal protective equipment to mentioned in Section 7.7, Page No. 159.
be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational
53.
injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical
checkup of the workers exposed. Details of work place ambient air quality
monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.
Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and Details of occupational safety and health protection measures are
occupational safety and health protection measures. Proposal for Leak Detection mentioned in Section 7.7, Page No. 159.
54.
and Repair (LDAR) program as per the CPCB guidelines. Proposal for LDAR program is mentioned in Section 7.5.7, Page No.
148.
Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum Risk Assessment is mentioned in Section 7.2, Page No. 144.
credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario should
take into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time.
55. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which
of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the
same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan
should be provided.
MSDS of all the products and raw materials. MSDS of all the products and raw materials are attached as Annexure –
56.
13, Page No. 201.
Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to be Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and
handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human products to be handled are mentioned in Section 7.2.7, Page No. 119.
57. health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also. Control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health
impacts are mentioned in Section 7.5, Page No. 144.
Antidotes are mentioned in Section 7.5.6, Page No. 148.
Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be stored, Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical to be stored, Material of
58.
Material of Construction (MoC) of major hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke Construction (MoC) of major hazardous chemical storage are mentioned
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXXI
NAVDURGA DYES &
XXXII EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
Sr.
No.
details, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & in Section 7.2.6, Page No. 116.
Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the
biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw material & product etc. How the
manual handling of the hazardous chemicals will be minimized?
Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details of Details of fire extinguishers and other safety measures are mentioned in
flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures Section 7.5 & 7.7, Page No. 144 & 159 respectively.
59. proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes
showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump,
toxic gas detectors etc.
Submit checklist in the form of Do‗s & Don‗ts of preventive maintenance, Checklist in the form of Do‘s & Don‘ts of preventive maintenance,
60. strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures. strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related
measures are mentioned in Section 10.5, Page No. 173.
Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage, process, handling & Details of safety measures are mentioned in Section 7.5, Page No. 144.
61.
transportation hazard.
Details on workers training before engaging work, periodical, in-house, outside, etc. Periodic Internal/external Training will be given to the workers before
62.
engaging work.
Details on various SOP to be prepared. SOP for the hazardous waste handling will be prepared in local and
63.
English language.
64. Details on safety audit to be taken for general public living in the vicinity. Safety audit will be carried out annually after proposed expansion.
65. Specific safety measures to be taken for general public living in the vicinity. Details are incorporated in Section 7.5, Page No. 144.
Details on hazard identification i. e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Checklist, Risk Assessment Study has been carried out for the proposed expansion
66.
Audit, etc., to be adopted for the safety operation of the plant. and is mentioned in Section 7.2, Page No. 114.
67. Detection and monitoring of VOC‘s/ gases. Detailed are mentioned in Section 10.1, Page No. 168.
Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual budget, Greenbelt development plan is mentioned in Section 10.7, Page No.
68. planning schedule, species, width of plantations, number of trees to be planted, 175.
area under green belt development [with map], budgetary outlay etc. along with Undertaking is attached as Annexure – 7, Page No. 195.
Sr.
No.
commitment of the management to carry out the tree plantation activities outside
the premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.
Action plan for the greenbelt development — species, width of plantations,
69.
planning schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB published guidelines.
Detailed socio-economic development measures including community welfare Mentioned in Section 10.6, Page No. 175.
program most useful in the project area for the overall improvement of the
70. environment. Submit a detailed plan for social corporate responsibilities, with
appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five years and activities proposed to
be carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.
(a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Mentioned in Section 10.12, Page No. 181.
Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. (b) Does the
71. Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/ procedures to bring
into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest
norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with
72. the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions.
Details of this system may be given.
Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of
environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or
73.
shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be
detailed in the EIA Report.
Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and time frame, in Project implementation schedule is mentioned in Section 2.10, Page No.
74.
terms of site development, infrastructure provision, EMS implementation etc. 39.
Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the environmental Certificate is attached as Annexure – 10, Page No. 198.
75.
consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report.
An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per Complied.
76. the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking by the Consultant Undertaking by the Project Proponent and Consultant refer Page No.
regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is XIII and XIV respectively.
TOR COMPLIANCE XXXII

I
XXXI NAVDURGA DYES &
V PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND ADDITION OF NEW PRODUCTS WITHIN EXISTING PREMISES
Sr.
No.
factually correct as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.
All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page Complied.
77.
numbering.
Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the Complied.
78.
data were collected and the sources should be indicated.
Project proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, All the analysis has been done by MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratory
79. noise, etc., using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original and summary has been incorporated in EIA/EMP report which are
analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the project. mentioned in Chapter – 3, Page No. 40.
80. In case of Expansion of the project
Need for the proposed expansion should be justified in detail. Need for the proposed expansion should be justified in Section 2.2,
a.
Page No. 6.
Adequacy of existing EMS (Environmental Management System). Adequacy Certificate from Schedule II auditors is attached as Annexure –
b.
8, Page No. 196.
Explore the possibility to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for existing as well as Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities
proposed activity. will be send to ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
c.
treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
CETP certificate is attached as Annexure – 4, Page No. 192.
Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws i.e. details of show – cause Details of show – cause notices and closure notices served by the GPCB
d. notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five years to the existing unit in last five years is attached as Annexure – 11, Page
and actions taken then after for prevention of pollution. No.199.
Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained for the existing plant, its point wise Industry was established in the year 1980. Hence, Environmental
e.
compliance report. Clearance was not obtained for their existing production activity.
Environmental audit reports for last 3 years and compliance of its Not Applicable.
f.
recommendations/ Suggestions. (Include latest audit report and its compliance.).
g. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) obtained along with point wise compliance Copy of CC&A and its compliance report is attached as Annexure – 2,
Sr.
No.
status of all the conditions stipulated therein. Page No. 190.
Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide No: J-11011/618/2010-lAIl (I) dated Copy of CC&A and its compliance report is attached as Annexure - 2,
30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA-ll (I) dated 20/10/2009. Page No. 190.
h. There was no any court case pending against the project.
There was no any notice issued to the project under section 5 of the EP
act 1986, and section 18 of the air act.
Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/ Air/ Copies of XGN generated analysis reports and Copies of instructions
i. Hazardous samples collected by GPCB (last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued by issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance attached as
GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof. Annexure – 12, Page No. 200.
81. In case of project is located in Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi GIDC. Unit is located in GIDC Ankleshwar.
Compliance of MOEFCC‗s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.ll (I) dated 25/11/2016 Compliance report of MOEFCC‘s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated
regarding lifting of moratorium on the consideration of projects for environmental 25/11/2016 is not applicable to individual units.
clearance. We understand in this line that compliance of MOEFCC‘s OM.no J-
11013/5/2010-IA.II (I), dated 25/11/2016 regarding lifting of moratorium
A.
is not in our purview.
Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities
will be send to ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
Compliance of direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities
B. Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding will be send to ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
compliance of CETP. treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against proposed unit regarding non-compliance Industry is not having any legal breach of Environmental laws i.e. details
a. of prescribed standards under the various environmental laws. of show cause notices, closure notices etc. from GPCB for the existing
unit in last five years.
Performance of CETP with respect to current hydraulic load & prescribed standards Industrial Effluent will be will be send to ETP and finally discharged to
b. with No Objection Certificate of CETP regarding incorporation of the proposed unit CETP – ETL for further treatment after achieving all norms in permissible
for acceptance of waste water. limit.
c. Performance of TSDF site with respect to current load & prescribed standards with Unit has BEIL membership certificate is attached as Annexure – 5, Page
TOR COMPLIANCE
XXXV
XXX NAVDURGA DYES &
VI PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND ADDITION OF NEW PRODUCTS WITHIN EXISTING PREMISES
Sr.
No.
No Objection Certificate of TSDF site regarding incorporation of the proposed unit No. 193.
for acceptance of hazardous waste to the common infrastructure.
d. Copies of quarterly action report taken for the above points submitted to the CPCB. Not applicable
Report of GPCB which have conducted monitoring as per the said direction by We have no report of GPCB conducted monitoring as per the said
e.
CPCB dated 31/03/2016. direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
The purpose of this report is to make an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study as a part of the process
to obtain Environmental Clearance (EC) for Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals for proposed expansion and/or
reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products within existing premises located at Plot
No. C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist – Bharuch, Gujarat. The overall objective of any EIA study
is to identify and assess the adverse impacts of a project in the planning stage itself, so that necessary
mitigation measures to prevent or minimize these adverse impacts can be planned early and cost-effectively.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

The Company is in the production of various dyes since past few years. Due to demand of existing as well as
proposed products in the present market scenario, company will need to proposed expansion and/or reduction
in existing production capacity and addition of new products within existing premises in the various dyes
manufacturing. There is a huge demand of existing as well as proposed products in the domestic market. Dyes
are used in plant, textiles, garments and other industry sectors widely used for dyeing and printing of cellulose
textiles like linen cotton, viscose and polynosic rayon. Acid Dyes are used to dye protection fibers such as wool,
angora, cashmere, and silk, as well the milk protein fiber called silk little, the soy protein fiber called soy silk, and
the synthetic polyamide fiber nylon in textile industries and Basic dyes are used on cotton, paper, leather, wool,
silk, and nylon. They are also used as pH indicators and as biological stains.
Table No. 1.1 – Name and Contact details for the Project
Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Name Mr. Babulal Mulchanbhai Patel
2. Designation Proprietor
3. E-mail navdurgadyes@gmail.com
M/s. Navdurga Dyes & Chemicals
Registered &
4. Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002,
Correspondence address
Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

 Proposed expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products
having total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual or Total production shall not exceed 5.0
MT/Month) and it is located at Ankleshwar GIDC.
 The latitude and longitude of the proposed project site are 21°37'14.75"N and 73°01'10.50"E
respectively.
 Total project cost after expansion will be Rs. 84.00 Lacs.
 Land is in possession with owner and project is located in the notified industrial area. Total land area of
2
the project is 704.00 m . Land document is attached as Annexure – 1. The topography of the project
CH 1: INTRODUCTION
1
NAVDURGA DYES &
2 EIA & EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION AND/OR REDUCTION IN EXISTING CHEMICALS
site for project is plain terrain. There is no change in land use/topography as the project is already
located in well-developed industrial area.
 There is no any National Park, Forest, Wild Life Sanctuary and Eco Sensitive Area are presented within 10
km radius of the project.
 Key infrastructure such as hospitals, schools, bank, places of worship and social/ community facilities
such as parks, market, playground etc. education, health care, community development, income
distribution, employment and social welfare are available in nearby area of the project site.
 Industry has valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) order No: AWH – 92598, dated:
24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their existing products. Existing CC&A is attached as
Annexure – 2.
1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

th
The applicability of the S. O. 1533, EIA notification dated 14 September, 2006; an amendment till date for the
proposed expansion project was explored by considering different possibilities and provision made in the said
notification. Considering the products and project location of the proposed expansion project, it is noticed that
the proposed expansion project falls under Schedule 5 (f) i.e. Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye
intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic
chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) and under Category B located in a
Notified Industrial Area/Estate.
As per the provision of the S. O. 1533, it is necessary to get EC for the proposed expansion project prior to
commissioning of the project activities. Hence it is necessary to seek EC by applying to State Level Environment
Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat. Therefore the EIA is required to comply with the provisions of S.
O. 1533 made for Category 5 (f) – B of the notification.
As part of EC process, Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals has submitted Form-1 (as per the EIA Notification, 2006, as
amended), along with Prefeasibility Report and proposed Terms of References (ToR) for carrying out
Environmental Studies, to the SEIAA, Gujarat with proposal No: SIA/GJ/IND2/30502/2018 and File No:
SIA/GJ/17702/2019. Presentation for approval of proposed ToR was done at the State Expert Appraisal
Committee (SEAC), Gandhinagar on 05/03/2019. SEAC has recommended the proposed TOR to SEIAA and
SEIAA has approved the ToRs vide Letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/685/2019 dated 04/05/2019. Since, the
project is located in notified industrial area, public hearing is not required as per paragraph 7 (i) (III) (i) (b) of the
EIA Notification, 2006. The scope of study includes detailed characteristics of environmental components for
one season. For the purpose of environmental assessment, the villages in the surrounding areas have been
surveyed and relevant data has been collected.
Table No. 1.2 – Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation
Sr. No. Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation

1. Factory License
2. The Factories Act, 1948
Sr. No. Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation
3. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date.
4. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date.
5. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 2000 (as amended).
6. Boiler Act, 1950
7. The Bureau of Indian Standards Act
8. The Custom Act, 1962
9. Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996
10. Environmental Protection Act, 1986
11. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 and The Central Motor Vehicle rules,1989
12. Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2006 (as amended)
13. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991 as amended to date
14. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1992 (as amended).
th
15. Environment Impact Assessment Notification, dated 14 September 2006.
16. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
1.5 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

Table No. 1.3 – Structure of EIA report
Sr.
EIA Structure Contents
No.
 Purpose of the report
 Identification of project & project proponent
 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its
1. Introduction
importance to the country, region
 Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per
TOR).
 Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on
project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects.
Description contains the details of the following:
o Type of project
o Need for the project
o Location (map showing general location, specific location, project
boundary & project site layout)
o Size or magnitude of operation
2. Project Description
o Proposed schedule for approval and implementation
o Technology and process description
o Project description including drawings showing project layout,
components of project etc.
o Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give
information important for EIA purpose.
o Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to
meet environmental standards.
 Study area, period, components & methodology.
Description of the
3.  Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as
Environment
identified in the scope.
CH 1: INTRODUCTION
3
NAVDURGA DYES &
Sr.
EIA Structure Contents
No.
 Study Period: March 2019 to May 2019
 Base maps of all environmental components.
 Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project location,
possible accidents, project design, project construction and regular
operations.
Anticipated Environmental  Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.
4. Impacts & Mitigation  Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental
Measures components
 Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining
significance, Assigning significance)
 Mitigation measures
 In case, the scoping exercise results in need for alternatives:
o Description of each alternative
Analysis of Alternatives
5. o Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative
(Technology & Site)
o Mitigation measures proposed for each alternative and
o Selection of alternative
 Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the effectiveness of
Environmental Monitoring mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency,
6.
Program location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures,
budget & procurement schedules)
 Risk Assessment
7. Additional Study  Public Consultation
 Disaster Management
 Improvements in the physical infrastructure
 Improvements in the social infrastructure
8. Project Benefits
 Employment potential – Skilled, Semi-skilled and unskilled
 Other tangible benefits of the project.
Environmental Cost Benefit  If recommended at the Scoping stage
9.
Analysis
 Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation
measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after
approval of the Clearance. The Chapter consist of:
o Mitigation measures for impacts
Environmental Management
10. o Pollution Prevention Plan
Plan (EMP)
o Greenbelt Development Plan
o Waste management plan
o Environment Management Cell
o Budgetary Provisions for EMS
 Overall justification for implementation of the project
11. Summary & Conclusion  Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated.
 Description of brief of EIA report & Conclusion
Disclosure of Consultant  The names of the Consultants engaged with their brief resume and
12.
Engaged nature of Consultancy rendered
1.6 SUMMARY
manufacturing. Proposed expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new
products having total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual or Total production shall not exceed 5.0
MT/Month) and it is located at Ankleshwar GIDC. Industry has valid CC&A order No: AWH – 92598, dated:
24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their existing products. Proposed project falls under Schedule 5
(f) i.e. Synthetic organic chemicals industry under Category B located in a Notified Industrial Area/Estate.
Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals has submitted Form-1 along with Prefeasibility Report and proposed ToR for
carrying out Environmental Studies, to the SEIAA, Gujarat with proposal No: SIA/GJ/IND2/30502/2018 and File
No: SIA/GJ/17702/2019. Presentation for approval of proposed ToR was done at the SEAC, Gandhinagar on
05/03/2019. SEAC has recommended the proposed TOR to SEIAA and SEIAA has approved the ToRs vide Letter
No: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/685/2019 dated 04/05/2019. Since, the project is located in notified industrial area,
public hearing is not required as per paragraph 7 (i) (III) (i) (b) of the EIA Notification, 2006.
CH 1: INTRODUCTION
5
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental
effects. Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of
project operations, technology and other related activities.
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products having
total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual or Total production shall not exceed 5.0 MT/Month) and it is
located at Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat. Industry has valid CC&A
order No: AWH – 92598, dated: 24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their existing products.
Proposed expansion project falls under Schedule 5 (f) i.e. Synthetic organic chemicals industry under Category B
located in a Notified Industrial Area/Estate.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

The industrial sector in the past 5 to 7 years has seen a drastic boom and also the keeping in mind the
globalization trend, Unit has identified the demand for the proposed products and with continuous R & D
found that it can be developed in-house and produce commercially for domestic market as well as an eye more
on export markets. Project is to be need for the following reasons:
 To cater to demand in domestic market.

 Reduce operational costs and increase productivity.
 Up gradation of the infrastructure in the facility.
 Lead to generation of direct and indirect employment opportunities.

 Reduce dependence on Imports hence reducing Forex risks.
2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

2.3.1 Location map
The project site falls in Bharuch district of Gujarat and is located at 21°37'14.75"N Latitude and 73° 01'10.50"E
Longitude. Location map showing general location, specific location of proposed project is given in Figure No.
2.1 and short view of the project site is given in Figure No. 2.2. Four Corner latitude and longitude of the
project site is given in Table no. 2.1.
Table No. 2.1 – Four Corner Latitude and Longitude of the Project Site
Sr. No. Location Latitude Longitude
1. A 21°37'14.35"N 73° 01'10.01"E
2. B 21°37'14.28"N 73° 01'10.66"E
3. C 21°37'15.51"N 73° 01'10.80"E

Sr. No. Location Latitude Longitude
4. D 21°37'15.54"N 73° 01'10.13"E
Figure No. 2.1 – Map Showing General and Specific Location of Project Site
CH 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
7
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 2.2 – Short View of the Project site with Project Boundary
2.3.2 Site connectivity
The project location is well connected with road, rail and air route and details are mentioned in the Table No.
2.2. Toposheet showing the connectivity of the project site is mentioned in Figure No. 2.3.
Table No. 2.2 – Site Connectivity
Sr. Aerial Distance Direction from

Description
No. from Project site project site
1. Nearest Road – N. H. No. 8 1.05 km NW
2. Nearest Airport – Surat 61.63 km SW
3. Nearest Town/City - Ankleshwar 0.78 km NW
Nearest Water Reservoir – GIDC Water

4. 1.57 km SW
Reservoir
5. Nearest River/Sea – Amravati River 4.94 km SW
6. Nearest River/Sea – Narmada River 7.31 km NW
National Parks/ Sanctuaries/ Eco

7. None within 10 km radius distance
Sensitive Area/ Wild Life Sanctuary
Figure No. 2.3 – Toposheet
9
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.3.3 Site Analysis

Topography: Average Mean Sea Level (AMSL) at the project site is 40.00 m. The general slope is towards the
north-to-north west.
Seismic Zone: South Gujarat is fall under seismic zone – III, which is classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone.
Figure No. 2.4 – Seismic Zone Map
Drainage: The drainage in the region is controlled to a large extent by the Narmada River and their tributaries,
which generally are seasonal in nature. There are several water bodies present within the study area of the
project. Drainage map is shown in Figure No. 2.5.
Figure No. 2.5 –Drainage Map

Geology: The site area is mostly covered by older alluvium which is grayish in color suggestive of genetically
related to underlying trappean formation. This is further confined by the presence of old excavated pits ~10 km
from GIDC site showing exposure of late rite passing downwards to weathered basalt.
Geomorphology: Geo-morphologically, the project site is located south of the Narmada River which is about
7.31 km from site. The surrounding landscape is adulatory and characterized by small hillocks gentle slope show
ever; the project site is a flat land and comprising soils & alluvium.
Hydrogeology:
The geology of the district with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a complex
hydrogeological pattern. Hydrogeological map is shown in figure no. 2.6. The hard rocks, the semiconsolidated
Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all comprise multi – aquifer systems
thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined groundwater conditions in the entire district.
Tertiary formations are inherently saline and contain poor quality of groundwater. Groundwater occurs under
unconfined conditions in the limestone and sandstone aquifers of Bagh beds. Occurrence and movement of
groundwater is restricted mainly to the fractures and joints in the lime stones and sandstones. The discharge in
3
dug wells varies from 30 to 50 m /day. The bagh beds, where overlain by Deccan Trap are likely to yield
groundwater under confined conditions. The Deccan Trap have given rise to multi-layered stratified aquifers.
Each individual flow comprises two distinct units, namely the upper vesicular basalt and the lower massive
basalt.
The massive basalt is hard and compact with primary porosity but the vesicular basalts exhibit porosity. The
movement of groundwater is therefore controlled by the secondary porosity developed by the presence of
fractures and joints. The paleo weathering which is invariably observed at depth near the top of every flow, has
given rise to good aquifers at depth.
The yield of the dug wells in Deccan traps, which range in depth from 5 to 25 m bgl, sustain pumping from 1/2
hour to 10 hour with discharge varying from 200 to 1200 litre per minute (LPM) for drawdown of 4 to 7 m. Bore
well tapping deeper zones down to 150m below ground level (bgl), have yielded 100 to 600 LPM for a
drawdown of 6 to 15 m. The sandstone are the main aquifers in the Tertiary formations but the limestone also
yield significant quantities of groundwater wherever karstic development have taken place. Deep tube well
tapping the Tertiary formations is capable of yielding 300 to 3000 LPM of water for meager drawdown of 1 to 7
m. The alluvium formations in the western most part of the area do not constitute potential aquifers on account
of inferior quality of water.
(Source: Ground Water Brochure Bharuch District, March - 2014)
11
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 2.6 – Hydrogeological Map
(Source: Ground Water Brochure Bharuch District, March - 2014)

2.4 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED BY OR FOR THE PROJECT
2.4.1 Land
Land is in possession with owner and the project is located in the notified industrial area. Total plot area is
2
704.00 m . Land document is attached as Annexure – 1. The area break up is given in Table No. 2.3.
Table No. 2.3 – Land Area Break up

2
Sr. Area (m ) Area
Particulars
No. Existing Proposed Total (%)
1. Office area 14.82 --- 14.82 2.11

2. Boiler 8.58 --- 8.58 1.22
3. Finished product area 15.91 --- 15.91 2.26
4. Production area 57.21 --- 57.21 8.13
5. Raw material 19.72 --- 19.72 2.80
6. Dryer 10.37 --- 10.37 1.47
7. Hazardous waste 8.78 --- 8.78 1.25
8. Pulversier 13.48 --- 13.48 1.91
9. Electric room 8.58 --- 8.58 1.22
10. Toilet 15.58 --- 15.58 2.21
11. Filter press 7.50 --- 7.50 1.07
12. ETP area 14.49 --- 14.49 2.06
13. Chloro sulphonic storage area 19.24 --- 19.24 2.73
14. Cooling tank 10.88 --- 10.88 1.55
15. Laboratory 14.44 --- 14.44 2.05
16. Green belt area 200.00 34.32 234.32 33.28
17. Open area 264.42 -34.32 230.10 32.68
Total 704.00 0.00 704.00 100.00
13
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 2.7 – Layout Plan

2.4.2 Power
Source of power – DGVCL
Existing power – 65 KVA
Existing power requirement will be sufficient for the proposed expansion project.
2.4.3 Fuel
Name of the fuel, quantity and fuel used for are mentioned in the below Table No. 2.4:
Table No. 2.4 – Name of the fuel, quantity and fuel used for
Sr. Quantity of Fuel (SCM/Month)

Fuel Used for Name of fuel
No. Existing Proposed Total
Existing
1. Boiler – 1 No. (300 kg/Hr.)* Natural Gas 1,000.00 -1,000.00 0.00
Proposed
1. Boiler – 1 No. (500 kg/Hr.) Natural Gas 0.00 3,400.00 3,400.00
*After proposed expansion, existing boiler of 300 kg/hr will be dismantled.
2.4.4 Water
Water requirement during construction phase will be 1.00 KLD as minor construction activity will be carried out.
The water requirement is being/will be fulfilled by the GIDC, Ankleshwar. During Operation Phase, water
requirement for the project will be met by the GIDC. No ground water shall be drawn for the proposed
expansion project. Water supply permission from GIDC is attached as Annexure – 3. Details of water
consumption and productwise water consumption mentioned in Table No. 2.5 and Table No. 2.6 respectively.
Table No. 2.5 – Total Water Consumption
Sr. Water Consumption (KL/Day)

Particulars Remarks
No. Existing Additional Total
1. Domestic 2.00 0.50 2.50 ---
2. Gardening 0.00 0.50 0.50 ---
3. Industrial
a. Process + APCM 3.40 0.00 3.40 ---
b. Washing 1.00 0.00 1.00 ---
c. Boiler 1.00 0.00 1.00 ---
d. Cooling 1.00 0.00 1.00 ---
e. Others (Scrubber) 0.00 0.30 0.30 ---
Total (3) 6.40 0.30 6.70 ---
Total (1+2+3) 8.40 1.30 9.70 ---
15
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 2.6 – Productwise Water Consumption
Sr. Water consumption (KL)

Name of Product
No. Per batch Per day Maximum (Per day)
Existing Product
1. Reactive Blue MR And/or 1500 0.84
2. Reactive Yellow M4R And/or 1100 0.56
3. Acid Blue 25 And/or 1400 0.79
4. Acid Yellow GL And/or 2200 0.86
5. Acid Black – 1 And/or 2800 0.94
6. Acid Orange – RL And/or 3060 1.02
7. Acid Brown 2RL And/or 140 0.04 1.23
8. Basic Violet – 1 (Liquid) And/or 1300 1.08
APMS (2 – Amino Phenyl Hydroxy
9. 1100 0.92
Methyl Sulfone) And/or
Proposed Product
1 – Amino – 4 Bromo Anthraquinone
1. 1980 1.23
– 2 Sulfamic Acid And/or
2. Acid Yellow 2GLN 2650 0.45
2.4.5 Manpower
Manpower requirement during construction phase will be 10 Nos. as minor construction activity will be carried
out. During Operation Phase, manpower will be employed directly and indirectly through contracts, services, etc.
Local person based on their qualification and skill will be hired for various industrial activities. 5 nos. of
manpower is required during existing production activity and 4 nos. of manpower is required during proposed
production activity. After proposed expansion, Total 9 nos. of manpower will be required during operation
phase.
2.4.6 List of Equipment

Existing and proposed list of equipments are mentioned in the below table:
Table No. 2.7 – List of Equipment
Existing Proposed
Sr.
No. Quantity Quantity
Name of the equipment Capacity Name of the equipment Capacity
(Nos.) (Nos.)
1. SS Vessel 2 3.5 kl 14 mm MS Storage tank 1 10 kl
2. SS Vessel 1 1.2 kl MS vessel 1 3.5 kl
3. MSRL Centrifuge 1 36‘‘ HDPP vessel 1 5 kl
4. Boiler 1 300 kgs Boiler RBL 1 500 kgs
5. Filter press 1 36‘‘ * 36‘‘ Filter press 1 36‘‘ * 36‘‘
6. Pump 3 --- Pump 2 ---
Existing Proposed
Sr.
No. Quantity Quantity
Name of the equipment Capacity Name of the equipment Capacity
(Nos.) (Nos.)
7. Tray Dryer 1 200 Tray Dryer 1 200
8. Filter Trolley 1 --- Distillation unit 1 5 kl
9. MSRL – BL Vessel 1 3 kl HDPP tank 2 12 kl
10. MSRL – BL Vessel 1 6 kl
11. MSRL – BL Vessel 1 3 kl
12. Nutch filter 2 ---
13. Cooling system 1 ---
14. Air compressor 1 7 HP
15. ETP 1 ---
16. Electricity penel board 1 ---
17. S.S Clarifier 1 ---
2.5 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

A detail of products manufactured are listed in below table. All the finished products will be in solid/liquid state
and it will be packed in bags/drums and dispatched locally in small tempo/truck.
Table No. 2.8 – List of Products with Quantity
Quantity (MT/Month)
Sr. End use of the
Name of Product CAS No./CI Name Total after
No. Existing Proposed products
Expansion
EXISTING PRODUCT
Reactive Blue MR 13324-20- These days are used
1.
And/or 4/Reactive Blue – 4 in plant, textiles,
garments and other
industry sectors
widely used for
18976-74- 0.5
Reactive Yellow dyeing and printing
2. 4/Reactive Blue – of cellulose textiles
M4R And/or 5.0 5.0
14 like linen cotton,
MT/Month MT/Month
viscose and
(Either (Either
polynosic rayon.
individual individual
Acid Blue 25 6408-78-2/Acid or Total or Total Acid Dyes are used
3.
And/or Blue 25 production production to dye protection
Acid Yellow GL 61901-51-7/Acid shall not shall not fibers such as wool,
4. exceed 5.0 exceed 5.0 angora, cashmere,
And/or Yellow 114
MT/Month) MT/Month) and silk, as well the
Acid Black – 1 1064-48-8/Acid milk protein fiber
5. 5.0
And/or Black–1 called silk little, the
Acid Orange – RL 1320-07-6/Acid soy protein fiber
6.
And/or Orange – 24 called soy silk, and
the synthetic
Acid Brown 2RL 148262-90-2/Acid
7. polyamide fiber
And/or Brown – 45
17
NAVDURGA DYES &
Quantity (MT/Month)
Sr. End use of the
Name of Product CAS No./CI Name Total after
No. Existing Proposed products
Expansion
nylon in textile
industries.
Basic dyes are used
on cotton, paper,
leather, wool, silk,
Basic Violet – 1 8004-87-3/Basic
8. 9.50 and nylon. They are
(Liquid) And/or Violet – 1 (Liquid)
also used as pH
indicators and as
biological stains.
APMS (2 – Amino In Manufacturing
Phenyl Hydroxy Dyes
9. 98-30-6/-- 3.0
Methyl Sulfone)
And/or
PROPOSED PRODUCT
1 – Amino – 4 In manufacturing
Bromo Intermediates dyes
1. Anthraquinone – 2 7726-95-6/-- 0.0
Sulfamic Acid
And/or
Acid Dyes are used
to dye protection
fibers such as wool,
angora, cashmere,
and silk, as well the
milk protein fiber
10097-74-8/Acid
2. Acid Yellow 2GLN 0.0 called silk little, the
Yellow – 59
soy protein fiber
called soy silk, and
the synthetic
polyamide fiber
nylon in textile
industries.
2.6 RAW MATERIALS
The raw materials required for the proposed expansion products will be easily available in the domestic market
and all the raw materials will be transported through existing road network in standard packing. Product wise
raw material consumption is shown in Table No. 2.9.
Table No. 2.9 – Product wise Raw Material Consumption
Sr. Quantity (MT/Month)

Product name Name of Raw material CAS No.
Meta Phenyle Diamine
88-63-1 0.1500 1.3500 1.5000
Sulfonic Acid
Bromamine Acid 116-81-4 0.2500 2.2500 2.5000
Reactive Blue MR
1. Soda Ash 497-19-8 0.0975 0.8770 0.9750
Cynuric Chloride 108-77-0 0.1875 1.6870 1.8750
Salt 7647-14-5 0.6250 5.6250 6.2500
Total 1.3100 11.7890 13.1000
Sulpho Tobias Acid 117-62-4 0.1665 1.5000 1.6650
Hydrochloric Acid (25%) 7647-01-0 0.1500 1.3500 1.5000
NaNO2 7632-00-0 0.0350 0.3150 0.3500
Reactive Yellow
N-Methyl J-Acid 22346-43-6 0.1335 1.2010 1.3350
2. M4R
Soda Ash 497-19-8 0.17500 1.57400 1.75000
Cynuric Chloride 108-77-0 0.0930 0.8370 0.9300
Salt 7647-14-5 0.33350 3.00100 3.33500
Total 1.0865 9.7780 10.8650
Bromamine Acid 116-81-4 5.000 0.000 5.000
Acid Blue 25 Aniline Oil 62-53-3 1.230 0.000 1.230
3.
Soda Ash 497-19-8 1.845 0.000 1.845
Total 8.075 0.000 8.075
Amino Benzoic Acid 150-13-0 1.665 0.000 1.665
Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 0.665 0.000 0.665
Sodium Nitrite 7632-00-0 0.915 0.000 0.915
Acid Yellow GL
4. Meta Chloro Phenyl Methyl
20629-90-7 1.665 0.000 1.665
Pyrazolone
Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 0.410 0.000 0.410
Total 5.320 0.000 5.320
4 Nitro Amino Phenol 99-57-0 1.705 0.000 1.705
HCL 7647-01-0 1.765 0.000 1.765
Acid Black – 1 Beta Nephthol 135-19-3 1.645 0.000 1.645
5.
Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 2.355 0.000 2.355
Salt 7647-14-5 5.882 0.000 5.882
Total 13.352 0.000 13.352
19
NAVDURGA DYES &

Amino Phenol Methyl 3112-85-4/
1.880 0.000 1.880
Sulfon And/ or 4 – NAP 99-57-0
HCL 7647-01-0 1.750 0.000 1.750
NaNO2 7632-00-0 0.700 0.000 0.700
Acid Orange – 24
Meta Chloro PMP And/or 13269-73-
6. (Acid Orange – RL) 1.880 0.000 1.880
PMP 3/89-25-8
Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 1.250 0.000 1.250
Soda Ash 497-19-8 0.250 0.000 0.250
Salt 7647-14-5 3.750 0.000 3.750
Total 11.460 0.000 11.460
Amino Phenol Methyl
3112-85-4 2.27 0.00 2.27
Sulfone
HCL (25%) 7647-01-0 0.90 0.00 0.90
NaNO2 7632-000 1.25 0.00 1.25
Acid Brown- 45 Meta Chloro PMP 13269-73-3 1.25 0.00 1.25
(Acid Brown- 2RL)
7. Amino-7-Napthol Chloro
1198-40-9 0.75 0.00 0.75
Formete
Soda Ash 497-19-8 0.35 0.00 0.35
Caustic Lye (25%) 1310-73-2 1.15 0.00 1.15
Salt 7647-14-5 4.50 0.00 4.50
Total 12.42 0.00 12.42
Acetic Acid 64-19-7 3.5245 -1.6600 1.8550
Methane Base 74-82-8 1.4060 -0.6660 0.7400
Basic Violet – 1 Mono Methyl Aniline 100-61-8 1.7575 -0.8300 0.9250

8. (Liquid) Chloranil 118-75-2 0.0665 -0.0310 0.0350
Oxygen 7782-44-7 0.7885 -0.3730 0.4150
Di Methyl Aniline 121-69-7 1.9380 -0.9180 1.0200
Total 9.4810 -4.4780 4.9900
Para Chloro Nitrobenzene
100-00-5 4.500 3.000 7.500
sulfuric acid
Mono choloro Acetic Acid 79-11-8 1.800 1.200 3.000
APMS (2 – Amino
Phenyl Hydroxy Caustic Lye Solution (50%) 1310-73-2 10.050 6.700 16.750
9. Methyl Sulfone) Sodium Hydrosulfide 16721-80-5 3.375 2.250 5.625
Sodium Bisulfite 7631-90-5 0.750 0.500 1.250
HCL (30%) 7647-01-0 1.500 1.000 2.500
Total 21.975 14.650 36.625
10. 1 – Amino – 4 – Ortho Dichloro Benzene 95-50-1 0.000 0.550 0.550
Bromo 1 – Amino Anthraquinone 82-45-1 0.000 3.400 3.400
Anthraquinone – 2 Chlorosulfonic Acid 7790-94-5 0.000 2.220 2.220
Sulfamic Acid
Sodium Bromate 7789-38-0 0.000 0.740 0.740
Sodium Bromide 7647-15-6 0.000 1.480 1.480
Soda Ash 497-19-8 0.000 1.110 1.110
Salt 7647-14-5 0.000 0.925 0.925
Total 0.000 0.000 10.425
Anthranilic Acid 118-92-3 0.000 0.750 0.750
Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 0.000 1.250 1.250
Sodium Nitrite 7632-00-0 0.000 0.390 0.390
Acid Yellow – Sodium Acetate 127-09-3 0.000 0.575 0.575

2GLN Phenyl Methyl Pyrazolone 89-52-8 0.000 0.970 0.970
11. (Acid Yellow – 59) Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 0.000 0.750 0.750
Formic Acid 64-18-6 0.000 1.750 1.750
Dispersing Agent --- 0.000 3.000 3.000
BCS (16% Cr) --- 0.000 1.040 1.040
Total 0.000 10.475 10.475
21
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.7 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Existing Products:-
2.7.1 Reactive Blue MR

Process Description:
Condensation: MPDSA, Bromamine Acid, Soda Ash and water are charged in S.S. Vessel for condensation.
Above mass is condensed with Cyanuric Chloride and maintain the temperature with Ice.
Isolation: The mass is than isolated with Salt. The mass is then filtered followed by drying and pulverization to
obtain finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Output Kg
MPDSA 60 Reaction Mass 1374
Bromamine Acid 100
Soda Ash 39 Condensation
Water 400
Cynuric Chloride 75
Ice 700
Total 1374 Total 1374
Input Kg Output Kg
Salt 250 Reaction Mass 1624
Reaction Mass 1374 Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 1624 Effluent 1100
Isolation
Filtration Reaction Mass 524
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 524 Evaporation Loss 324
Isolation
Drying Reaction Mass 200
Total 524 Total 524
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 200 Product 200
Pulverisation
Total 200 Total 200
2.7.2 Reactive Yellow M4R
Charge Sulpho Tobias Acid in vessel and add HCl, NaNO 2 and water for Diazotization. Maintain the temperature
with Ice. N-Methyl J-Acid and Soda Ash are dissolved in water. Above diazotized and dissolved mass are
coupled in coupling vessel. Than condensed with Cynuric Chloride in presence of Soda Ash. The mass is then
isolated and filtered followed by drying and pulverization to obtain finished product.
23
NAVDURGA DYES &
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
2.7.3 Acid Blue 25
Condensation: Aniline oil, Bromamine acid, Soda ash and water are charged in Vessel for Condensation. The
mass is then filtered followed by drying and pulverization to obtain finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Output Kg
Bromine Acid 325 Reaction Mass 1625
Aniline Oil 80
Soda Ash 120 Condensation
Water 1100
Input Kg Output Kg
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 625 Drying Loss 300
Reaction Mass 325
Total 625 Total 625
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 325 Pulverisation Product 325
Total 325 Total 325
25
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.7.4 Acid Yellow GL
Diazotization: Amino Benzoic Acid is charged in vessel and NaNO2, HCl and water added. Maintain the
temperature with Ice.
Dissolution: MCPMP, Caustic Lye and water are charged in vessel and stirring for complete dissolution.
Coupling: Above both diazotized masses is coupled in coupling vessel. The mass is then filtered followed by
drying and pulverization to obtain finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Input Kg
Amino Benzoic Acid 100 MCPMP 100
HCL 40 Water 400
Sodium Nitrite 55 Caustic Lye 25
Ice 500 Diazotisation Dissolution
Water 500
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 1720 Coupling Reaction Mass 1720
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 1720 Reaction Mass 1720
Heating
Input Kg Output Kg
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 300
Total 420 Total 420
Input Kg Output Kg
Total 300 Total 300

2.7.5 Acid Black-1
6-Nitro Diazo and HCl are dissolved in presence of water and Ice. Beta Naphthol and Caustic Lye are dissolved
in presence of water and Ice. Above both dissolved mass are coupled in coupling vessel and then the mass is
isolated with Salt. The mass is then filtered followed by drying and pulverization to obtain finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Input Kg
4NAP 145 Beta Napthol 140
HCL 150 Caustic Lye 200
Ice 500 Ice 500
Water 600 Diazotisation Dissolution Water 600
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 2835 Coupling Reaction Mass 2835
Input Kg Output Kg
Salt 500
Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 425
Total 835 Total 835
Input Kg Output Kg
Total 425 Total 425
27
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.7.6 Acid Orange-24 (Acid Orange-RL)
Take Amino Phenol Methyl Sulfon (APMS) in vessel and charge HCl, NaNO2 and water for Diazotization.
Maintain the temperature with Ice. Take Meta Chloro PMP, Caustic Lye, Soda Ash and water in vessel and start
stirring. Maintain the temperature with Ice. Above diazotized and dissolved mass are coupled in coupling vessel.
The mass is than isolated with Salt. The mass is then filtered followed by drying and pulverization to obtain
finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Material Balance:
Input Kg Input Kg
APMS 188 MCPMP 188
HCL 175 Caustic Lye 125
Sodium Nitrite 70 Ice 500
Ice 500 Soda Ash 25
Input Kg
Water 500 Output Kg
Ice 300 Coupling Reaction Mass 3571
Reaction Mass 2771
Input Kg Output Kg
Salt 375
Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 500
Input Kg Output Kg
Total 500 Total 500

2.7.7 Acid Brown-45 (Acid Brown-2RL)
Amino Phenyl Methyl Sulfone is charged in vessel and HCL, NaNO2 and water are added. Maintain the
temperature with Ice. Amino-7-Naphthol Chloro Formete, Meta Chloro PMP, Caustic Lye, Soda Ash and water
are charged in vessel and start stirring for complete dissolution. Maintain the temperature with Ice. Above
diazotized and dissolved mass are coupled in coupling vessel. The mass is than isolated with Salt. The mass is
then filtered followed by drying and pulverization to obtain finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Input Kg
Amino Benzoic Acid 227 MCPMP 125
HCL 90 Amino 7-Napthol 75
Sodium Nitrite 125 Ice 400
Ice 400 Soda Ash 35
Caustic Lye 115
Input Kg
Water 480 Output Kg
Ice 300 Coupling Reaction Mass 3852
Reaction Mass 3072
Input Kg Output Kg
Salt 450
Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 500
Input Kg Output Kg
Total 500 Total 500
29
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.7.8 Basic Violet-1 (Liquid)
Take Acetic Acid, Methane Base, Mono Methyl Aniline and Chloranil in reaction vessel and pass oxygen.
o
Maintain the temperature to 50-55 C for 12 hours and then allow to cool down to room temperature. This is a
single step reaction and there is no water consumption in process and there is no generation of waste water.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg
Acetic Acid 200 Output Kg
Methane Base 80 Reaction Vessel Evaporation Loss 140
Mono Methyl Aniline 100 Product 539
Di-Methyl Aniline 110 Total 679
Chlornil 4
Oxygen 45
Water 140
Total 679
2.7.9 APMS (2-Amino Phenyl Hydroxy Methyl Sulfone)
In SS Reactor charge water and Para Chloro Nitrobenzene Sulfinic Acid (Na-Salt) stir and heat to 60°-65° C
temp. for 1 hour. Now charge Mono Chloro Acetic Acid and simultaneously adjust pH 7.0 to 7.5 by Caustic Lye
solution at 65°C temp. Then heat to 90°-95°C temp. for 6 hours at pH 7.0 to 7.5. Maintain for 4 hours then cool
to 40°-45°C. Product precipitation takes place. Filter the reaction mass, wash with water followed by centrifuge.
In another MS Reactor charge water. Then charge Caustic Lye solution. Heat up to 100°C and maintain this
temp. for 5 hours. Then cool to 60°C temp. and charge Sodium Hydrosulfide solution and heat to 95°-100°C
temp for 10 hours. Then cool to 30°-35°C temp. Now charge Sodium Bisulphite to remove excess Sodium
Hydrosulfide from process. Cool to 20°C and adjust pH 6.5-7.0 by dil. HCl. Stir at 20°C for 2 hours. Product
precipitation takes place. Filter & Centrifuge the reaction mass followed by drying at 50°-60°C temp. to obtain
Finished product APMS.
Chemical Reaction:
Material Balance:
Input Kg Output Kg
Para Chloro Nitrobenzene 300 Reaction Mass 1440
Sufinic Acid
Mono Chloro Acetic Acid 120
Caustic Lye olu. (50%) 520 SS Reactor
Water 500
Input Kg Output Kg
Water 100 Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Caustic Lye olu. (50%) 150 Reaction Mass 1765
Water 700
Sodium Hydrosulfide Solu. 225 SS Reactor
Sodium Bisulfite 50
Dil. HCL 100
Reaction Mass 540
Input Kg Output Kg
Centrifuge Reaction Mass 665
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 665 Loss 465
Drying Product 200
Total 665 Total 665
31
NAVDURGA DYES &
Proposed Products:-
2.7.10 1 – Amino – 4 – Bromo Anthraquinone – 2 - Sulfamic Acid
In MS Sufonator charge ODCB and 1 – Amino Anthraquinone. Stir for 2 hours. Then charge Chloro Sulphonic
o o o
Acid. Stir and heat to 105 C to 120 C for 2 hours. Maintain at 120 C for 4 hours. Then cool to RT. Drown in water
o o
in Distillation unit and neutralize to pH 5.0. distilled out ODCB at 105 C – 107 C by applying steam and recover
ODCB in receiver. Now transfer whole reaction mass transfer to MSRL – BL vessel. Now charge slowly a solution
of sodium bromate and sodium bromide prepared in water. Stir for 2 hours and then adjust pH 6.5 to 7.0 by
soda ash solution. Then charge salt and stir for 4 hours. Precipitation takes place and check spot test. Then
o o
filtered the reaction mass through filter press. Wet cake dries at 80 C – 85 C followed by pulverization to obtain
finished product.
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Output Kg
Ortho Dichloro Benzene (Fresh) 30 Reaction Mass 904
Recovered ODCB 570
1 - Amino Anthraquinone 184 Condensation
Chlorosulfonic Acid 120
Total 904 Total 904
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 314
Reaction Mass 904 Isolation
Distillation Recovery ODCB 570
Con. Water 20
Total 904 Total 904
Input Kg Output Kg
Water (Fresh) 1980
Con.Water 20 Isolation
MSRL BL Vessel Reaction Mass 2544
Sodium Bromate 40
Sodium Bromide 80
Soda Ash 60
Salt 50
Reaction Mass 314 Total 2544
Total 2544
Input Kg Output Kg
Isolation
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 344 Evaporation Loss 74
Drying Reaction Mass 270
Total 344 Total 344
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 270 Product 270
Pulverisation
Total 270 Total 270

2.7.11 Acid Yellow – 59 (Acid Yellow – RGLN)
Prepare Anthranilic acid diazo with help of Hydrochloric acid, sodium nitrite and ice. Destroy the excess nitrite
by sulphamic acid. Prepare PMP solution in alkaline medium and add sodium acetate. Add diazo solution to
coupler solution in course of an hour. The dye further metallized with BCS. Check the completion of
metallization. Neutralize reaction mixture with caustic lye. Cool to 50ºC and dispersing agent AB-300. Spray dry
the above reaction mass.93
Chemical Reaction:
Mass Balance:
Input Kg Output Kg
Anthranilic Acid 150 Reaction Mass 1228
Sodium Nitrite 78
HCl 250 Preparation of Antranilic Acid
Ice 750
Input Kg Output Kg
PMP 194
Sodium Acetate 115 Reaction Mass 3787
Ice 950
Water 950 Coupling in Alkaline Medium
Formic Acid 350
Reaction Mass 1228
Total 3787
Total 3787
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 3787
BCS 208 Isolation
Metalization Reaction Mass 3995
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 3995
Caustic Flakes 150 Drying
Neutralization Reaction Mass 4145
Input Kg Output Kg
Disperse Agent 600 Cooling
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 4745 Loss 3745
Drying Reactive Mass 1000
Input Kg Output Kg
Reaction Mass 1000
Standardization & Packing Product 1000
33
NAVDURGA DYES &
2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND CONTROL MEASURES

2.8.1 Air Environment
After proposed expansion, existing boiler of 300 kg/hr will be dismantled. We will install proposed boiler of 500
kg/hr. the main pollutant identified are PM, SOx and NOx. Details of flue gas emission and its control measures
are mentioned in Table No. 2.10 (a).
Table No. 2.10 (a) – Details of flue gas emission
Sr. Stack attached Stack height Fuel used & Air Pollution
Permissible Limits
No. to (m) Its Quantity Control Equipment
A. Existing
3
Natural Gas: PM < 150 mg/Nm
Boiler – 1 Nos. Adequate Stack
1. 12 1,000 SO2< 100 ppm
(300 kg/hr.)* Height
SCM/Month NOx< 50 ppm
B. Proposed
3
Natural Gas: PM < 150 mg/Nm
Boiler – 1 Nos. Adequate Stack
1. 12 3,400 SO2 < 100 ppm
(500 kg/hr.) Height
SCM/Month NOx < 50 ppm
*After proposed expansion, existing boiler of 300 kg/hr will be dismantled.
Process Emission: There is no process gas emission from existing manufacturing activity. After proposed
expansion process gas emission and its control measures are mentioned in Table No. 2.10 (b).
Table No. 2.10 (b) – Details of Process gas emission
Specific source of
Sr. Stack/Vent Air Pollution Control Permissible
emission (Name of the Parameter
No. Height (m) Equipment Limit
product & Process)
Existing
There is no process gas emission from existing manufacturing activity.
Proposed
Chlorosulphonic Storage Closed Loop Two Stage Alkali 3
1. HCl 20 mg/Nm
Tank Deeping System Scrubber
2.8.2 Water Environment

During construction phase, sewage will be generated 0.50 KLD due to minor construction activity which will be
disposed through soak pit/septic system. During operation phase, sewage is being/will be expected to generate
due to domestic activities of workmen and staff personnel and it is being/shall be treated in septic tank/soak pit
system. Also wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities 3.80 KLD send to existing
ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit.
CETP certificate is attached as Annexure – 4.
Details of wastewater generation and productwise wastewater generation mentioned in Table No. 2.11 and
Table No. 2.12 respectively. Water balance diagram is shown in Figure No. 2.8 and 2.9.
Table No. 2.11 – Wastewater generation
Sr. Wastewater Generation (KL/Day)

Particulars Remarks
No. Existing Additional Total
1. Domestic 1.50 0.40 1.90 ---
2. Industrial
a. Process + APCM 2.80 0.00 2.80 ---
b. Washing 1.00 0.00 1.00 ---
c. Boiler 0.00 0.00 0.00 ---
d. Cooling 0.00 0.00 0.00 ---
e. Others - Scrubber --- 0.03 0.03 ---
Total (2) 3.80 0.03 3.83 ---
Total (1+2) 5.30 0.43 5.73 ---
Table No. 2.12 – Productwise wastewater generation
Sr. Wastewater Generation (KL)

Name of Product
No. Per batch Per day Maximum (Per day)
Existing Product
1. Reactive Blue MR And/or 1100.00 0.92
2. Reactive Yellow M4R And/or 1300.00 0.72
3. Acid Blue 25 And/or 1000.00 0.51
4. Acid Yellow GL And/or 1300.00 0.72
5. Acid Black – 1 And/or 2500.00 0.98
6. Acid Orange – RL And/or 2800.00 0.94
7. Acid Brown 2RL And/or 3150.00 1.05 1.75
8. Basic Violet – 1 (Liquid) And/or 0.00 0.00

APMS (2 – Amino Phenyl Hydroxy
9. 2100.00 1.75
Methyl Sulfone) And/or
Proposed Product
1 – Amino – 4 Bromo Anthraquinone
1. 2200.00 1.35
– 2 Sulfamic Acid And/or
2. Acid Yellow 2GLN 0.00 0.00
35
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 2.8 – Water Balance Diagram (Existing, KLD)
Figure No. 2.9 – Water Balance Diagram (After Proposed Expanstion, KLD)
Table No. 2.13 – Size of different units of ETP
Sr. No. Name of Unit No. Capacity (KL)

1. Collection Tank 1 5.0
2. Neutralization Tank 1 5.0
3. Filter Nutch 1 ---
4. Final Storage Tank 1 15
Figure No. 2.10 – ETP flow Diagram
2.8.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Hazardous/Solid waste will be generated from industrial activities. Hazardous wastes will include Empty Barrels/
Containers/Liners Contaminated with Hazardous Chemicals/Wastes, ETP Sludge, Hydrochloric Acid (15%) and
Used oil. TSDF Certificate for the disposal of waste is attached as Annexure – 5. Details of hazardous/solid
waste generation, source, category, quantity and diposal shown in Table No. 2.14.
Table No. 2.14 – Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, Source, Category, Quantity and Diposal
Category and Quantity (MT/Year)

Sr. Type of Waste & Source of
Schedule as Disposal
no Category generation Existing Proposed Total
per HW Rules
Collection,
Decontamination,
Generation,
Empty Barrels/ Disposal, Reuse,
Containers/Liners Storage,
Raw
Contaminated 33.1 Transportation
1. material 5.00 7.00 12.00
with Hazardous (Sch - l) Disposal by send
section
Chemicals/Wastes it to authorized
decontamination
facility/recycler or
reuse or send
back to supplier.
Collection,
Storage,
35.3 Transportation,
2. ETP Sludge ETP 2.00 0.00 2.00
(Sch - l) Disposal at TSDF
of BEIL,
Ankleshwar.
37
NAVDURGA DYES &
Category and Quantity (MT/Year)

Sr. Type of Waste & Source of
Schedule as Disposal
no Category generation Existing Proposed Total
per HW Rules
Hydrochloric Acid Reuse as a raw
From 26.1
3. (15%) 0.00 10.80 10.80 material within
Scrubber (Sch - l)
plant premises.
Collection,
Storage,
Transportation,
Disposal by
4. Used Oil Machinery 5.1 (Sch. I) 0.00 1 kl/year 1 kl/year selling to GPCB/
MoEF approved
recycler/ reuse as
lubricant within
premises.
2.8.4 Noise Environment

The noise levels are primarily generated due to industrial activities like mechanical movement and material
handling in unit. Noise may generate from motors, vehicular movement, generators, etc. General noise levels
within plant are expected to remain below 75 dB (A). In order to mitigate the noise levels during the operational
phase, a green belt will be developed around the periphery of the plant as per CPCB guideline.
2.9 PROJECT COST

Existing project cost is 44.00 Lacs and proposed expansion cost will be 40.00 Lacs, Total project cost after
proposed expansion project will Rs. 84.00 Lakhs. Break up of the same is mentioned in the below table:
Table No. 2.15 – Project Cost
Sr. Cost (Rs. in Lakhs)

Particulars
1. Land & Building 7.00 0.00 7.00
2. Plant & Machinery 25.65 27.50 53.15
3. Utility 3.35 4.50 7.85
4. Hazardous waste 5.00 5.00 10.00
5. APC 0.00 2.00 2.00
6. ETP 1.00 0.00 1.00
7. Greenbelt Development 2.00 1.00 3.00
Total 44.00 40.00 84.00
2.10 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Once all the regulatory clearances for the project will be approved, the estimated time for the project
completion is 6 months. The detailed project implementation schedule is mentioned in below table:
Table No. 2.16 – Project Implementation Schedule
Sr. Starting End Duration of month

Description
No. month month 1 2 3 4 5 6
WO for various activities and purchase of
1. 1 4
machineries and other utilities
2. Application for CTE 1 2
Installation and commissioning of
3. 4 5
machineries and other utilities
4. Operational activities 6 6
2.11 SUMMARY
The proposed expanstion project is a manufacturing unit for Dyes, due to demand of existing as well as
MT/Month) and it is located at Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat.
Industry has valid CC&A order No: AWH – 92598, dated: 24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their
existing products. No National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/ Marine Sanctuary are located within 10 km radius of
proposed expansion project. Project cost after proposed expansion is Rs. 84 Lakhs, out of which Rs. 16.00 Lakhs
are allotted for EMS. Existing power 65 KVA is being /will be sufficient for the proposed expansion project.
Source of power is DGVCL. Total 9 nos. of manpower will be required after proposed expansion project during
operation phase. During opertaional phase, water requirement will be 9.70 KLD and it will be met from GIDC.
Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities will be 3.80 KLD send to existing ETP
and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit. 12 m
stack heigh is being/will be attached with the Boiler for proper dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.
Existing as well as after proposed expanstion natural gas is being/will be used as a fuel. There is no process gas
emission from the existing production activity. After proposed expansion, HCl gas will be generated from the
chlorosulphonic storage tank and pollution will be controlled by provided Two Stage Alkali Scrubber.
Hazardous/Solid waste is being/will be collected, stored and disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Waste
2 2
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Total plot area is 704.00 m and 234.32 m will be
developed as Greenbelt. Once all the regulatory clearances for the project will be approved, the estimated time
for the project completion is 6 months.
39
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

The base line data of existing environmental condition are very essential for EIA and Prediction of impact due to
any proposed activities. The purpose of the study is to provide the information base against which to monitor
and assess an activity progress and effectiveness during implementation and after the activity is completed. This
is an important intend of ―Environmental Impact Assessment‖ Study. The base line data are collected from the
study area to meet the need of this purpose.
3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA

The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various
components of the environment. The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study area of 10
km radial distance from project site. Baseline conditions were assessed by collecting samples from selected
villages in the study region by technical team. Samples of ambient air, soil, surface water and ground water were
analyzed to assess the baseline condition of study region. Primary survey was carried out to collect the data for
assessing socio-economic and ecological condition of the study region. Primary data were compared with
secondary data to verify the observations. 10 km study area map is shown in Figure No. 3.1.
Figure No. 3.1 – Study Area map

3.2 STUDY PERIOD
st st
The baseline environmental quality was assessed during Pre-Monsoon Season i.e. March 1 2019 to May, 31
2019 in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site.
3.3 METHODOLOGY
The baseline environmental study was conducted as per the guidelines of Ministry of Environment, Forest &
Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and TOR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat. The baseline environmental study was carried
out for the various environmental components viz, Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Ecology & Biodiversity and Socio
Economic. During the study, 5 km radius was considered as core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered as
buffer zone. All the locations have been selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per the
requirement of TOR and environmental samples were collected from the selected locations of the study area.
3.4 METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

Details of frequency of environmental sampling for the study are mentioned in Table No. 3.1. The methods
adopted for environmental sampling and analysis are illustrated in Table No. 3.2.
Table No. 3.1 – Frequency of Environmental Sampling
Sampling
Sr.
Attributes Locations within Frequency during
No. Parameters
10 km study area study period
PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, VOC, Twice a week, 24
1. Ambient Air Quality 9 locations
HCl hourly
2. Noise 7 Locations Noise Levels in dB(A)
Physical, Chemical,
Grab samples
3. Ground Water Microbiological and Heavy
from 6 Locations
Metal
Physical, Chemical,
Grab samples
4. Surface Water Microbiological and Heavy
from 5 Locations
Metal
Once
Physical, Chemical
5. Soil Quality 6 Locations
Characteristics, Soil Texture
6. Land Use & Land Cover Existing Land use pattern
7. Ecological & Biodiversity Data Within 10 km Existing Flora & Fauna
radius of study Socio-economic
8. Socio-Economic Data area characteristics of the
affected area
CH 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

41
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.2 – Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis
Sr. Methods
Attributes
No. Sampling/Preservation Analysis
As per IS: 5182 & AWMA. As per IS:5182, CPCB & AWMA
1. Ambient air quality Instrument operated as per it‘s
manual
2. Noise Instrument : Noise level meter Survey carried out as per CPCB guideline.
3. Ground Water Standard Methods for Examination IS 3025 & Standard Methods for
of Water and Wastewater (APHA), Examination of Water and Wastewater
4. Surface Water nd
22 edition, 2012
nd
(APHA), 22 edition, 2012
IS 2720, Soil Testing in India IS 2720, Laboratory developed Method
(Department of Agriculture and as per NABL requirement and Book - Soil
5. Soil Quality
Cooperation). Testing in India (Department of
Agriculture and Cooperation).
Land Use & Land Primary data by site visit and Primary data by site visit and verified by
6.
Cover verified by reviewing various reviewing various literature, internet
7. Ecological Data literature, internet
Socio-Economic Primary Survey and verified with Primary Survey and verified with Census
8.
Data census of India 2011 of India 2011
3.5 MICROMETEOROLOGY
Bharuch has a tropical savanna climate, moderated strongly by the Sea to the Gulf of Cambay. The summer
begins in early March and lasts till June. April and May are the hottest months. Monsoon begins in late June and
normally the city receives about 873 millimeters (34 inch) of rain by the end of September. October and
November see the retreat of the monsoon and a return of high temperatures till late November. Winter starts in
December and ends in late February. Air borne pollutants is dispersed by atmospheric motion. Knowledge of
these motions which range is scale from turbulent diffusion to long-range transport by weather systems. It is
essential to simulate such dispersion and quality of impacts of air pollution on the environment.
3.5.1 Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind Speed & Wind Direction

Automatic weather station was installed at the project site and data were collected for Temperature, Relative
Humidity, wind Speed & Wind direction on hourly basis for the study period. Humidity affects the nature and
characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the measure of amount of moisture in the atmosphere.
Humidity helps suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow in size to settle under the gaseous
pollutants by providing them aqueous medium. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and transportation of
pollutants in the atmosphere mainly depend on wind speed and its direction. There was no rainfall recorded
during the study period. Minimum, Maximum and Average of Temperature, Relative Humidity & Wind Speed of
the study area are mentioned in the Table No. 3.3.
Table No. 3.3 – Minimum, Maximum and Average of Temperature, Relative Humidity & Wind Speed
during Study Period
Sr. Month, 2019

Parameter
No. March April May
Min. 15.6 21.6 23.5
O
1. Temperature ( C) Max. 43.7 43.9 41.9
Ave. 27.7 32.2 31.1
Min. 10.0 10.0 27.0
Relative Humidity
2. Max. 95.0 92.0 88.0
(%)
Ave. 46.9 55.3 69.8
Min. 0.0 0.0 0.1
Wind Speed
3. Max. 11.5 17.3 22.5
(km/hr)
Ave. 4.5 5.0 7.8
The variations in temperature, humidity and wind speed during study period are represented graphically in
Figure No. 3.2 to 3.7.
O
Figure No. 3.2 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the March – 2019.
O
Figure No. 3.3 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the April – 2019.

43
NAVDURGA DYES &
O
Figure No. 3.4 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Temperature ( C) for the May – 2019.
Figure No. 3.5 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the March – 2019.
Figure No. 3.6 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the April – 2019.
Figure No. 3.7 – Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Humidity (%) for the May – 2019.
3.5.2 Wind Rose Diagram
Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed considering all
the directions. From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict the direction and extent of spreading of
the gaseous and particulate matter from the source. Wind direction and velocity data have been collected
during the study period. Dominant wind direction in the study period was from SW – NE during the study
period. Wind speed was observed from 0.0 to 11.5 km/h in the month of March, from 0.0 to 17.3 km/h in the
month of April and from 0.1 to 22.5 km/h in the Month of May, 2019. Month wise min., max., and average wind
speed data are mentioned in Table No. 3.3. Wind rose diagram has been prepared by using hourly wind
velocity and dominant wind direction data and is presented in Figure No. 3.8.
st st
Figure No. 3.8 – Wind Rose Diagram (1 March, 2019 to 31 May, 2019)

45
NAVDURGA DYES &
3.5.3 Interpretation of Micrometeorological data

During the study, wind was blowing mostly from SW – NE direction and wind speed range 0.0 to 22.5 km/h.
Wind was also blowing from SSW, SW, W, WWS, WWN, N, NW, NNW, NNE, NE, EEN and S direction during the
study. Based on the wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that maximum dispersion of air pollutant will
be in NE direction during the period of March to May.
3.6 AMBIENT AIR

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the assessment of the existing status of background air
quality in the study area. This will be useful for assessing the conformity of the ambient air quality to the
standards even after commencement of the project. Following points were considered during the selection of
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations:
 Topography/terrain of the study area

 Densely populated areas within the region
 Location of surrounding Industries

 Representation of regional background
 Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring
 Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction
 Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing activity which may be
temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous conclusions.

 Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of samplers.
 Dominant Wind Direction
At the time of location selection previous micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern in
the study region was considered for the selection of minimum one location in the downwind direction.
However, ambient air monitoring locations were selected in all the directions looking towards the possibility of
change in wind pattern during the study period. Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations are presented in
Table No. 3.4 and Figure No. 3.9.
Table No. 3.4 – Ambient Air Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Sr. Distance Selection

Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Direction
No. (km) Criteria
1. Project Site A1 21°36'52.34"N 73°01'12.16"E 0.00 ---- ----
2. Kapodra A2 21°35'43.67"N 73°00'45.16"E 2.14 SSW Upwind
3. Garden city A3 21°35'53.52"N 73°02'51.72"E 3.37 SE Crosswind
4. Boidara A4 21°37'49.05"N 72°58'42.72"E 4.66 WWN Crosswind
5. Dadhal A5 21°38'05.18"N 73°03'34.89"E 4.70 NE Downwind
6. Umarwada A6 21°34'52.31"N 72°58'20.63"E 6.08 SW Upwind
7. Borbhatha A7 21°40'18.64"N 72°58'34.75"E 7.84 NW Crosswind
8. Mandwa Bujrg A8 21°40'35.50"N 73°03'49.25"E 8.28 NNE Downwind
Sr. Distance Selection
Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Direction
No. (km) Criteria
9. Sengpur A9 21°35'50.04"N 73°06'32.80"E 9.53 EES Crosswind
Figure No. 3.9 – Ambient Air Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region
3.6.1 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality monitoring was done at the above mentioned locations and analysis was carried out in the
laboratory. Minimum, maximum and percentile value for the parameters PM 2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, Total VOC, CO &
HCl are tabulated in Table No. 3.5 and graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Values are shown in Figure No.
3.10 to Figure No. 3.13.

47
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.5 – Min., Max., Avg. & 98 Percentile Analysis value for Ambient Air
3
Parameter (µg/m )
Sampling Location 3
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO Total VOC (ppm) HCl (mg/Nm )
Min. 72.38 37.57 14.66 18.39 BDL 0.40 BDL
Max. 79.84 41.73 18.38 21.67 BDL 0.60 BDL
A1
Avg. 76.19 39.50 16.32 20.12 BDL 0.50 BDL
98 Percentile 79.36 41.71 18.05 21.65 BDL 0.60 BDL
Min. 68.05 30.79 10.86 14.02 BDL 0.20 BDL
Max. 71.32 34.56 13.81 16.77 BDL 0.50 BDL
A2
Avg. 69.52 33.10 12.41 15.33 BDL 0.30 BDL
Min. 69.52 33.51 13.64 15.56 BDL 0.30 BDL
Max. 75.82 38.41 15.98 18.87 BDL 0.60 BDL
A3
Avg. 73.30 35.82 14.80 17.50 BDL 0.40 BDL
Min. 60.93 29.56 7.12 9.12 BDL 0.20 BDL
Max. 64.96 34.83 9.68 11.86 BDL 0.50 BDL
A4
Avg. 63.60 32.40 8.60 10.41 BDL 0.31 BDL
Min. 62.31 28.06 9.86 11.47 BDL 0.10 BDL
Max. 65.88 33.82 12.81 15.88 BDL 0.40 BDL
A5
Avg. 64.41 31.30 11.49 13.68 BDL 0.20 BDL
Min. 71.38 35.51 13.37 14.73 BDL 0.30 BDL
Max. 78.84 39.46 15.88 17.92 BDL 0.60 BDL
A6
Avg. 75.22 37.61 14.59 16.22 BDL 0.40 BDL
Min. 66.19 29.56 7.12 9.31 BDL 0.20 BDL
Max. 68.31 34.83 10.86 12.86 BDL 0.50 BDL
A7
Avg. 67.12 32.50 9.10 11.31 BDL 0.30 BDL
Min. 66.12 29.62 12.59 14.02 BDL 0.20 BDL
Max. 67.34 36.83 14.88 15.67 BDL 0.50 BDL
A8
Avg. 66.70 33.70 13.69 15.13 BDL 0.31 BDL
Min. 68.12 24.62 8.12 11.47 BDL 0.10 BDL
Max. 69.29 34.83 11.86 15.88 BDL 0.40 BDL
A9
Avg. 68.51 31.82 10.10 13.60 BDL 0.20 BDL
NAAQS 100 60 80 80 2000 --- 20
Figure No. 3.10 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for PM10
Figure No. 3.11 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for PM2.5
Figure No. 3.12 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for SO2

49
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 3.13 – Graphical Presentaiton of Min. & Max. value for Nox
3.6.2 Interpretation of Results

3
During the study, PM10 was observed in the range of 60.93 – 79.84 μg/m , PM2.5 was observed in the range of
3 3
24.62 – 41.73 μg/m , SO2 was observed in the range of 7.12 – 18.38 μg/m , NOx was observed in the range of
3
9.12 – 21.67 μg/m and results for the CO, Total VOC, and HCl was found well within the standard limit. All the
results of ambient air quality parameters have been found within the limit as per NAAQS. It is interpreted that
ambient air quality of studied locations is decent. This interpretation relate to the results found for particular
locations and study period.
3.7 SOIL
Soil samples of 6 nos. were collected within 10 km radius to evaluate the baseline status of soil. Analysis was
carried out for the collected samples. Standard procedures have been followed for soil sampling and analysis.
Soil sampling locations are tabulated in Table No. 3.6 & presented in Figure No. 3.14 and soil sampling
analysis results are mentioned in Table No. 3.7.
Table No. 3.6 – Soil Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Sr. Distance
Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Direction Selection Criteria
No. (km)
1. Project Site S1 21°37'14.75"N 73°01'10.50"E 0.00 ---- Non agriculture land
2. Kapodra S2 21°35'39.69"N 73°00'43.07"E 3.02 SSW Agriculture land
3. Motali S3 21°38'50.49"N 73°02'30.23"E 3.76 NE Agriculture land
4. Boidara S4 21°37'48.44"N 72°58'42.37"E 4.38 WWN Agriculture land
5. Mandwa Bujrg S5 21°40'35.45"N 73°03'51.20"E 7.72 NE Agriculture land
6. Sengpur S6 21°35'49.64"N 73°06'33.22"E 9.65 EES Agriculture land
Figure No. 3.14 – Soil Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region

51
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.7 – Soil Sampling Analysis Results
Sr. No. Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

1. Moisture Content % 5.86 8.28 2.74 5.10 4.92 3.70
Total Solids % 94.14 91.72 97.26 94.90 95.08 96.30
2. pH -- 6.93 7.23 7.62 6.96 6.29 8.13
o
3. Temperature C 25.6 25.8 25.0 25.3 25.5 25.1
3
4. Bulk Density gm/cm 1.28 1.34 1.42 1.28 1.36 1.48
5. Porosity % 45.32 51.16 42.56 47.61 44.62 46.28
6. Water Holding Capacity (WHC) % 58.14 53.64 55.62 71.36 58.44 60.92
7. Specific Gravity -- 2.51 2.49 2.76 2.56 2.81 2.66
8. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/Kg 156.4 55.2 92.0 55.2 285.2 174.8
+2
9. Calcium (as Ca ) mg/Kg 40.56 14.74 25.81 14.75 42.56 18.43
+2
10. Magnesium (as Mg ) mg/Kg 13.44 4.48 6.72 4.48 26.88 31.36
-
11. Chlorides (as Cl ) mg/Kg 64.12 22.63 15.08 15.08 130.12 22.63
12. Total Phosphorus mg/Kg 17.28 19.63 15.81 8.37 4.61 23.8
13. Available Phosphorus mg/Kg 6.24 4.86 4.71 2.56 1.36 8.92
14. Organic Matter (OM) % 6.81 7.06 5.38 5.12 3.86 2.19
15. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/Kg 142.3 67.2 99.6 65.5 312 152.4
16. Total Nitrogen mg/Kg 3.68 3.12 4.13 3.86 4.29 4.83
17. Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3-N) mg/Kg 2.15 2.05 2.96 3.31 3.19 3.61
-2
18. Sulphate (as SO4 ) mg/Kg 123.4 193.3 68.8 129.4 83.2 87.2
19. Total Iron (as Fe) mg/Kg 16.1 8.8 13.4 11.2 1.32 14.8
20. Copper (as Cu) mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
21. Nickel (as Ni) mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
22. Lead (as Pb) mg/Kg 2.36 0.58 0.96 1.02 1.66 2.38
23. Arsenic (as As) mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
24. TOC mg/Kg 0.92 0.81 0.76 0.72 0.98 1.02
25. Color -- Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown
26. Sodium (as Na) mg/Kg 43.10 24.02 2.25 9.28 80.24 20.72
27. Potassium (as K) mg/Kg 7.35 1.94 0.76 5.18 36.09 4.56
28. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
29. Permeability ml/hr 45 86 65 52 70 71
30. Gravel % 03 02 03 11 08 00
Coarse Sand % 17 04 14 08 10 02
Medium Sand % 19 12 13 18 12 06
Fine Sand % 12 18 30 24 19 44
Silt + Clay % 49 64 40 39 51 48
Table No. 3.8 – Standard Soil Classification
Sr. No. Parameter Classification

<4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic
1. pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline
8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline
>9.00 Very strongly alkaline
Upto 1.00 Average
Salinity Electrical Conductivity
2. 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination
(μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm)
2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)
Upto 0.20: Very less
0.21- 0.40: Less
0.41- 0.50: Medium,
3. Organic Carbon (%)
0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient
0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient
>1.00 : More than sufficient
Upto 50 Very less
51-100 Less
4. Nitrogen (kg/ha) 101-150 Good
151-300 Better
>300 Sufficient
Upto 15 Very less
16-30 Less
31-50 Medium,
5. Phosphorus (kg/ha)
51-65 On an avg. sufficient
66-80 Sufficient
>80 More than sufficient
0 -120 Very less
120-180 Less
181-240 Medium
6. Potash (kg/ha)
241-300 Average
301-360 Better
>360 More than sufficient
Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

The results of pH shows that soils are acidic to alkaline in reaction. The soils are categorized as sandy loam
based on different soil separates (sand, silt and clay). The levels of total Cu, Ar and Ni are within the safe limits.
The soil at the project site requires improvement. The soil should be periodically monitored for pH and density.

53
NAVDURGA DYES &
3.8 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the land area, so that temporal changes due
to the project on the surroundings can be assessed in future. The Land use/Land cover study has been done
through digital image processing and visual interpretation technique to generate output of Land use / Land
cover map of study area on 1:50,000 scale.
The methodology used for the study consists of following components:
 Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries ERDAS image
processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the project.
 Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of base map and
geometric correction of satellite data.
 Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land cover classes of
the provided area from the satellite data.
LULC map of 10 km radius around the project site is presented in Figure No. 3.15. Land Use Statistic of 10 km
radius is presented in Table No. 3.9 and Figure No. 3.16.
Figure No. 3.15 – Land Use Map

Table No. 3.9 – Land Use Details
Sr. Land Cover/Land Area

No Use 2
(km ) %
1 Grass Land 40.85 12.99
2 Scrub Land 29.50 9.38
3 River/Ponds 6.75 2.15
4 Range Land 34.99 11.13
5 Fallow Land 112.47 35.77
6 Crop Land 48.95 15.57
7 Settlement 26.53 8.44
8 Barren Land 14.38 4.57
Total 314.42 100.00
Figure No. 3.16 – Pie Chart of Land Use Statistics (%) (10 km)

55
NAVDURGA DYES &
3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT

A study on water environment aspects of ecosystem plays an important role in environmental assessment to
identify water related sensitive issues. There are three categories of water environment: 1. Ground water i. e.
accumulation in deeper strata of ground 2. Surface water i.e. river, cannals, ponds, etc., 3. Marine water. The
purpose of this study is to:
 Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

 Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational resources and
aesthetics in the vicinity; and
 Predict the likely impacts of water quality due to the project and related activities.
The survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on:
 Presence, location and uses of major water bodies in the region,

 Type and location of industrial/residential areas and their intake,
 Likely area that can represent baseline conditions.

 Drainage pattern;
 Likely areas representing different activities/likely impact areas
Water Samples for the analysis of physicochemical parameters were collected in plastic carboy and parameter
wise preserved onsite as per the technique defined in the book of Standard Methods for Examination of Water
nd
and Wastewater, APHA, 22 edition, 2012. Temperature, pH and DO were analyzed onsite and samples were
brought to the laboratory for the analysis of remaining parameters.
3.9.1 Ground Water

Samples were collected from 6 numbers of locations for the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological
parameters. Ground water sampling locations are presented in Table No. 3.10 and Figure No. 3.17. Analysis
results are presented in Table No. 3.11.
Table No. 3.10 – Ground Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Sr. No. Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Distance Direction Source

1. Kapodra G1 21°35'38.83"N 73°00'39.61"E 3.00 SSW Borewell
2. Motali G2 21°38'52.33"N 73°02'33.07"E 3.76 NE Borewell
3. Boidara G3 21°37'51.07"N 72°58'44.16"E 4.37 WWN Borewell
4. Umarwada G4 21°34'51.71"N 72°58'17.63"E 6.60 SW Borewell
5. Mandwa Bujrg G5 21°40'34.50"N 73°03'48.64"E 7.71 NE Borewell
6. Sengpur G6 21°35'48.17"N 73°06'32.22"E 9.64 EES Borewell
Figure No. 3.17 – Ground Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region

57
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.11 – Ground Water Analysis Results
Drinking Water Specification IS

Sr. 10500:1992 (Reaffirmed 2012
Parameter Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
no.
Desirable Limit Permissible Limit
1. pH --- 7.89 7.89 7.91 7.35 7.44 7.57 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

o
2. Temperature C 29.1 29.4 28.9 29.0 28.6 28.7 40 40
3. Salinity ppt 0.45 1.17 0.21 1.96 0.95 0.52 --- ---
4. Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 1389 1496 680 3358 2048 1438 --- ---
5. Turbidity NTU 0.4 1.2 0.8 0.2 0.5 0.4 5 10
6. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.4 6.8 6.6 6.3 6.7 6.6 --- ---
7. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/L 826 899 451 2251 1372 978 500 2000
8. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/L 1.2 2.8 8.7 1.0 2.3 5.9 --- ---
9. Total Solids (as TS) mg/L 827.2 927 459.7 2252 1374.3 983.9 --- ---
10. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/L <1.0 <1.0 11.5 <1.0 <1.0 60.9 --- ---
11. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) mg/L <1.0 <1.0 3.4 <1.0 <1.0 19.1 --- ---
12. Chlorides (as Cl-) mg/L 249.8 245.9 117.9 1084.4 523.3 287.6 250 1000
13. Sulphates (as SO4-2) mg/L 143.9 161.1 175.1 495.2 159.6 291.4 200 400
14. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 408.8 453.1 309.4 276.3 508.3 442 200 600
15. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 239.2 193.2 165.6 380 828 395.6 300 600
16. Calcium Hardness mg/L 55.3 29.4 29.5 268.8 114.2 73.7 75 200
17. Magnesium Hardness mg/L 24.6 29.1 22.4 110.6 132.1 51.5 30 100
18. Ammonical Nitrogen (as NH3-N) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
Sr. 10500:1992 (Reaffirmed 2012
Parameter Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
no.
19. Copper (as Cu) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 1.5
-
20. Fluoride (as F ) mg/L 0.53 0.71 0.74 0.93 0.62 0.59 --- ---
21. Total Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.62 0.3 No Relaxation
22. Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.02
23. Oil & Grease mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
24. Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
25. Nickel (as Ni) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
26. Total Cr (as Cr+3) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.05 No Relaxation
27. Zinc (as Zn) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 15
28. Lead (as Pb) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
29. Sodium (as Na) mg/L 293 284 344 693 288 255 --- ---
30. Potassium (as K) mg/L 2.39 3.89 3.95 25.35 5.41 5.11 --- ---
31. Arsenic (as As) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
32. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
33. Colour Pt. Co. Scale <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 25
34. Odour --- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
35. Total Phosphorus (PO4-P) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND --- ---

36. Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5 1.0
37. Total Coliform No./ 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

59
NAVDURGA DYES &

On the basis of test results obtained it is interpreted that results of all village meet with the standard, while the
results of calcium and magnesium are having high value at location of Umarwada and Mandwa Bujrg
respectively. The reason of high concentration of calcium and magnesium in ground water may be due to high
content of Iron in nearby surface water resources. Also it is interpreted that water supply by GIDC at project site.
3.9.3 Surface Water

Samples were collected from 5 numbers of locations for the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological
parameters. Surface water sampling locations are presented in Table No. 3.12 and Figure No. 3.18. Analysis
results are presented in Table No. 3.13.
Table No. 3.12 – Surface Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Sr. Selection
Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Distance Direction
No. Criteria
1. Ankleshwar GIDC SW1 21°36'44.15"N 73°00'28.00"E 1.57 SW Lake
2. Amlakhadi SW2 21°35'44.10"N 73°00'38.15"E 2.97 SSW Khadi
3. Amravati River SW3 21°38'04.40"N 73°03'52.83"E 4.82 EEN River
4. Kosamdi SW4 21°34'46.69"N 73°02'25.35"E 5.00 SSE Lake
5. Narmada River SW5 21°41'17.96"N 73°00'12.34"E 7.83 NNW River
Figure No. 3.18 – Surface Water Sampling Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Table No. 3.13 – Surface Water Analysis Results

Sr. 10500:1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)
Parameter Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5
No.
1. pH -- 7.77 7.49 7.49 7.71 7.87 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5
o
2. Temperature C 28.8 29.2 29.0 28.6 29.1 40 40
3. Salinity Ppt 0.12 0.51 0.05 0.14 21.38
4. Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 304 1468 242 336 3650 --- ---
5. Turbidity NTU 1.2 12.6 0.6 8.3 42
6. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 7.2 6.8 7.6 6.3 7.9 --- ---
7. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/L 233 973 185 247 2446 500 2000
8. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/L 2.0 16.8 1.2 15.9 152 --- ---
9. Total Solids (as TS) mg/L 235 989.8 186.2 262.9 2598
10. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 92.6 --- ---
11. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 28.1 --- ---
-
12. Chlorides (as Cl ) mg/L 67.8 282.8 30.2 80.2 1183 250 1000
-2
13. Sulphates (as SO4 ) mg/L 52.3 117.7 25.6 67.1 128.2 200 400
14. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 132.6 497.3 32.5 110.5 176.8 200 600
15. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 184 368 276 138 925 300 600
16. Calcium Hardness mg/L 33.2 55.3 40.5 25.8 138 75 200
17. Magnesium Hardness mg/L 24.6 56.0 42.6 17.9 112 30 100
18. Ammonical Nitrogen (as NH3-N) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL 2.6
19. Copper (as Cu) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
-
20. Fluoride (as F ) mg/L 0.48 0.92 0.31 0.36 0.96 1.0 1.5
21. Total Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.04 0.38 0.13 0.32 1.2 0.3 1
22. Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---

61
NAVDURGA DYES &

Sr. 10500:1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)
Parameter Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5
No.
23. Oil & Grease mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
+6
24. Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr ) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
25. Nickel (as Ni) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
+3
26. Total Chromium (as Cr ) mg/L ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
27. Zinc (as Zn) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
28. Lead (as Pb) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
29. Sodium (as Na) mg/L 62.3 320 32.7 75.7 552 --- ---
30. Potassium (as K) mg/L 2.59 10.49 4.30 3.59 15.1 --- ---
31. Arsenic (as As) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
32. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
33. Colour Pt. Co. Scale <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15
34. Odour --- Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable
35. Total Phosphorus mg/l ND ND ND ND ND --- ---
36. Nitrate mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 45 45
37. Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- ---
38. Total Coliform No./ 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
39. Fecal Coliform No./ 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Mentioned in Table No. 3.14
40. Escherichia coli No./ 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
41. Fecal Streptococci No./ 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Table No. 3.14 – Standard Limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological Parameters
Sr. No. Organisams Requirements

All water intended for drinking: Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample
1.
a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria
Treated water entering the distribution system:
2. a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample
b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample
Treated water in the distribution system:
3. a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample
b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample
1. Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected. The
minimum action in the case of total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are detected
in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediate further investigation.
2. Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of fecal pollution, the count of thermotolerant coliform
bacteria is an acceptable alternative. If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out. Total
coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality of rural water supplies, particularly
in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies.
3. It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, fecal
contamination is widespread. Under these conditions, the national surveillance agency should set
medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies

On the basis of test results of River Water quality, it is understood that River water quality does not meet with
drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. From the Results of BOD, COD & Iron shows that the water has
been contaminated with organic matter and Iron due to directly or indirectly disposal of untreated sewage and
effluent. This water may be used for drinking purpose after proper treatment followed by disinfection but it
would not be directly used for driking purpose.
3.10 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to measure background
noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area. High or continuous noise levels may cause
permanent loss of hearing ranging from reduced perception at certain frequencies to total deafness. At
comparatively lower levels noise may have psychological effects including disturbance of sleep, annoyance and
irritation. The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to commercial activities,
noise generated by Community, Vehicular traffic etc. Noise standards have been designated for different types
of land use i.e. residential, commercial, industrial areas and silence zones, as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation
th
and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by MoEF&CC, New Delhi, 14 February, 2000. Different standards have been
stipulated for day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night (10 PM to 6 AM).
Noise level monitoring was carried out with the help of sound level meter at 7 different locations fall under
residential and industrial noise generating sources. Noise sampling locations are shown in Figure No. 3.19 and

63
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.15. Noise monitoring report during day time and night time are presented in Table No. 3.16.
Graphical presentation of Min. & Max. Values are shown in Figure No. 3.20 & Figure No. 3.21.
Table No. 3.15 – Noise Level Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Sr. Selection
Location Symbol Latitude Longitude Distance Direction
No. Criteria
1. Project Site N1 21°37'14.75"N 73°01'10.50"E 0.00 --- Industrial
2. Kapodra N2 21°35'39.80"N 73°00'44.64"E 3.00 SSW Residential
3. Motali N3 21°38'50.36"N 73°02'32.11"E 3.76 NE Residential
4. Boidara N4 21°37'47.80"N 72°58'41.86"E 4.37 WWN Residential
5. Umarwada N5 21°34'52.26"N 72°58'21.60"E 6.56 SW Residential
6. Mandwa Bujrg N6 21°40'35.34"N 73°03'57.31"E 7.72 NE Residential
7. Sengpur N7 21°35'46.22"N 73°06'30.29"E 9.64 EES Residential
Figure No. 3.19 – Noise Level Monitoring Locations in the 10 km Study Region
Table No. 3.16 – Noise Monitoring Report During Day Time and Night Time
Sr. Noise Level in dB(A) Limit dB(A)

Location
No. Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time
1. N1 62.1 – 65.7 47.3 – 51.5 75 70
2. N2 47.3 – 50.5 41.5 – 43.2 55 45
3. N3 49.5 – 51.8 40.6 – 42.1 55 45
4. N4 50.4 – 53.2 41.2 – 43.5 55 45
5. N5 51.5 – 54.7 39.8 – 41.3 55 45
6. N6 45.3 – 50.6 40.5 – 43.1 55 45
7. N7 44.5 – 48.3 37.1 – 40.5 55 45
Note: Day time –6:00 AM to 10:00 PM, Night time – 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
Figure No. 3.20 – Graphical presentation of min. & max. Value of noise level during day time
Figure No. 3.21 – Graphical presentation of min. & max. Value of noise level during night time

Based on noise level data for residential area and industrial area, it is understood that noise levels are within the
standard norms prescribed by MoEF&CC. Also, it is suggested that there is need to apply noise reducing devices
at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

65
NAVDURGA DYES &
3.11 TRAFFIC SURVEY

Traffic flow or volume is measures in terms of number of vehicles per unit time. The common units of time are
day and hour. Thus the flows are measures in terms of vehicles per day or vehicles per hour.
Since Indian traffic is heterogeneous in character, it is common practice to convert the traffic in terms of
passenger car units (PCUs). The values of passenger car equivalency for different vehicles types are mentioned
in Table No. 3.17.
Table No. 3.17 – Recommended PCU Factors for various types of Vehicles
Sr. No. Type of Vehicles Equivalency Factor

1. Motor Cycle or Scooter 0.50
2. Passenger Car, Pick up Van or Autorickshaw 1.00
3. Agricultural Tractor, Light Commercial Vehicles 1.50
4. Truck or Bus 3.00
5. Truck-trailer, Agricultural Tractor-trailer 4.50
6. Cycle 0.50
7. Cycle-rickshaw 2.00
8. Hand Cart 3.00
9. Horse-drawn Vehicle 4.00
10. Bullock Cart 8.00
Source: IRC: 64-1990
Level of Service (LOS) describes conditions in terms of factors such as speed and travel time, freedon to
manoeuvre, traffic interruptions, confort, convenience and safety. Six levels of service are recognized commonly,
designated from A to F, with Level of Service A representing the best operating condition and Level of Service F
the worst. Different level of service with percentage are mentioned in Table No. 3.18.
Table No. 3.18 – Level of Service
Sr. No. LOS V/C

1. A (Excellent) 0.0-0.2
2. B (Very Good) 0.2-0.4
3. C (Good) 0.4-0.6
4. D (Fair) 0.6-0.8
5. E (Poor) 0.8-1.0
6. F (Very Poor) >1.0
Traffic load will play a major role in air pollution as well as noise pollution. From the location of the project site,
it is shows that project is connect to N. H. No. 8. Due to proposed expansion project, there will be increased in
existing traffic scenario near the project site. For the traffic survey, 4 surveyors were appointed to survey the
existing traffic scenario at N. H. No. 8. Traffic data were collected by surveyours for 24 hours continuously by
visual observation and counting of vehicles under different categories i.e. two/three wheelers, light motor
vehicles and heavy motor vehicles. Existing traffic scenario at N. H. No – 8 are mentioned in Table No. 3.19.
Table No. 3.19 – Existing Traffic Scenario
Sr. Vehicles at N. H. No. – 8

Type of Vehicles
No. Nos./Day PCU/Day PCU/hr
1. Two Wheelers 3,983 1,992 83
2. Three Wheelers 1,964 1,964 82
3. Cars 13,842 13,842 577
4. Buses 2,534 7,602 317
5. Trucks 3,293 9,879 412
6. Trucks-trailer 3,061 13,775 574
Total 28,677 49,053 2,044
Capacity (PCU/hr) --- --- 3600
V/C Ratio --- --- 0.57
LOS --- --- C
3.11.1 Interpretation of Traffic Survey

Based on existing traffic scenario, LOS values for N. H. No. – 8 have been found 0.57 i.e. good.
3.12 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY

The main purpose of the study was to identify the flora and fauna species in the study region, to identify the
endemic and endangered species present in the study area and also to predict the probable impact and the
range of influence of the pollutants on the natural habitation due to project.
Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to
conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between
biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise
of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the
biotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment. The study also designed to
suggest suitable mitigation measures if necessary for protection of wildlife habitats conservation of Rare or
Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) species if any. The present Ecological study was undertaken with
the following objectives:
 To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site
 To assess the flora & fauna in the study area.
 To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and sensitive habitats in the
study area, if any.
 To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area.

 To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of concern with the relevant
authority and stakeholders.
 Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate mitigation measures.

67
NAVDURGA DYES &
3.12.1 Methodology
During the study period, the field survey was conducted at identified survey area within 10 km distance from the
project site. Following methodology was adopted for the survey:
 Field survey area is selected based on the ecologically diverse and dense vegetation identified from
Google map and land use pattern map. Verification (ground truthing) of the secondary data obtained is
conducted specific to the study area of the project.
 Observations were made at different sampling points and qualitative as well as quantitative analysis of
the vegetation and fauna is made.
 Identification of ecologically sensitive receptors by field investigations, reviewing literature and
preparation of implementable mitigation and conservation action plans.
 Assessment of general habitat type, vegetation pattern, preparation of inventory flora and fauna of
terrestrial ecosystem.
 The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through review of
site literatures and secondary data available online as published flora and fauna on various websites
(E.g.: http://gujenvis.nic.in/, http://ifs.nic.in/, http://envfor.nic.in/) was referred.
 Biological assessment of the site was done to identify whether there are any REET species of flora or
fauna in the project site or core area as well its buffer zone and to identify whether there are any
ecologically sensitive area within the area that is likely to be impacted (buffer zone).
 Conservation status of species were checked according to Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972) and
IUCN.
3.12.2 Flora
The list of flora found during field survey is given in Table No. 3.20.
Table No. 3.20 – List of Flora
Sr. No. Scientific name Common name Family

A Trees
1. Acacia aurriculifarmis Bangali Babool
2. A.leucopholia Aniar
3. A.catechu Khair
4. A.ferrungula Pandhara Khair Fabaceae
5. A.nilotica Babul
6. A.lebbeck Siris
7. A. procera Siris
8. A.polycantha Garad
9. Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae
10. Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae
11. Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae
12. Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceas
13. Albizia odoratissimus Siris Fabaceae
14. Annogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combritaceae
15. Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae
16. Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae
17. Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Fabaceae
18. Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae
19. Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli)
Fabaceae
20. B.squamosa Asan
21. Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceas
22. Butea monospesma Palas Fabaceae
23. Callistemon lancealatus Bottlebrush Mytraceae
24. Casuarina equisetifoier Sura Casuarineae
25. Careya arborea Kumbh Mytraceae
26. Casearia elliptica Manjo Symydaceae
27. Caseria graveoiens Dedak manio Samidacea
28. Cassia fistula Sunari Fabaceae
29. Cestrum noctusnum Ralkirani Solana ceae
Cochiospermum
30. Ganeri Cochlospermaceds
religiosun
31. Cocas nicifera Nariyal Palmeae
32. Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginacea
33. Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin
Fabaceae
34. D. latifolia Sisso
35. Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rata ceae
36. Ixora parviflora Kara
Rubiaceae
37. I.nigricans Kukeri
38. Delonix elala Gulmohar Fabaceae
39. Diosphyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae
40. Dolichandrone falcate Mallar sing Bignoniaceae
41. Elaeodendron roxburghii Alinar Ceiastracea
42. Eucalyptus globules Safeda Eucalyptaceae
43. Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphobiaceae
44. Erithina uliginosa Pungara Fabaceae

69
NAVDURGA DYES &

45. Eramphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceas
46. Ficus. Religiosa Pipal
47. F.rumphii Pilari Moraceae
48. F.benghalensis Bara
49. Flacourtia indica Rankdi Bixaceae
50. Garua pinnata Kakad Burseraceae
51. Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae
52. Haidwickia bipinnata Aniar Caesalpiniacea
53. Holoptelia intigrifolia Valva Uticaceae
54. Kydia calycia Bhindi Malvaceae
55. Lagerstroemia lanceolata Nano
Fabaceae
56. L.parviflora Sidha
57. Michellia champaca Champa Bignoneaceae
58. Lannea caromadalica Modad Anacardiaceae
59. Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae
60. Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae
61. Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonacea
62. Millgntonia hortensis Indian Coral tree Bignoniaceae
63. Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Rubiaceae
64. Michelia Champa Champa Mangnoliaceae
65. Moringa oliefera shevga Moringaceae
66. Musa paradisiacea Kela Musaceae
67. Oroxyium indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae
68. Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Palminae
69. Prosopis juliflora Babul
Mimoceae
70. P.cineraria Babul
71. Pithecelobium ducle Chisbalai
Fabaceae
72. Pongamia pinnata Karanja
73. Pisidium guajava Guava Mutraceae
74. Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae
75. Punica grantalum Anar Pomergrannatae
76. Sapindus emergginatus Aritha Sapindaceae
77. Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae
78. Poleathia langifolia Ashok
79. Saraca indica Ashok Apoctnaceae
80. Thevetia neirifolia Pilakanton
81. Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae
82. Syzygium cuminii Jamun Myrtaceae
83. Terminalia crenulata Salad Fabaceae
84. T.bellirica Behada
85. T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
86. T.caltapa Jangli badam
87. Tamarindus indica Tentuli Fabaceae
88. Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bisgnonia ceae
89. Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae
90.. Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae
91. Wrightia tinctoria kudo Apocynacea
92. Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor
Rhamnaceae
93. Z.mauritiana Bordi
B. Shrubs
1. Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae
2. Caranthus resus Sudufuli Apocyanaceae
3. C.calatropis Mundar Asclepiadaceae
4. Calatopis gigantean Rui Asclepiadaceae
5. Carrissa carandas Karvand Apocyaninnae
6. Clerodendrum multyfolium Multaiforum Verbenaeae
7. Gymnosporia spinosa Spinosa Rekii Fabaceae
8. Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbanaceae
9. Opuntia dillenii Nivdang Cactacealea
10. Euphorbia nerifolia Wavding Celastraceae
11. Ocium gratissium Rantulro Labiateae
12. Helicteries isora Atali Sterculiaceae
13. Ficus hispida Tet umaro Moraceae
14. Datura fastuasa Dhotara Solanaceae
15. Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbaceae
16. Cassia tora Tarota Fabaceae
17. Zizyphus nummularia Beri Rhannaceae
18. Euphorbia tirucolli Thor Euphorbiaceae
C. Bamboos
1. Dendrocalamus strictus Manvel Grammineae
2. Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae
3. Capparis sepiraria Lamtjar Cappariaceae
4. Cocculus hirrutus Asanwel Menispermaceae
5. Combretum ovalifolium Jal Combratae
6. Cayratia carnosa Khatumbo Vitaceae

71
NAVDURGA DYES &

D. Grasses
1. Andropogon pumilus Kusal
2. Cenchrus setgerus Dhramnu
3. Cynodon dactylon Durva
4. Cymbopogen marinil Rosha Gramineae
5. Heteropogon contortus Gawat
6. Sorghum halepense Baru
7. Themeda triandra Bhathdu
E. Crops
1. Ricinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae
2. Saccharum officinarum Ganna
3. Sorghum vulgae Juwar Gramineae
4. Zea mays Makai
5. Arachis hypogaea Ground nut Logumin
6. Oryza sativa Chokha Gramineae
F. Macrophytes
1. Eichhornia crassipes Jalkumbhi Pontederiace
2. Ipomea aqualica Kalmisay Volvulaceae
3. Trapa latifolia Lotus
Nymphaceae
4. Nelumbo nucifera Lotus
5. Azolla pinnata Commom duckweed Lemnaceae
6. Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer Bovidae
7. Falis chaus Jungle cat Falidae
8. Myaena hyaena The striped hyena Canidae
9. Presbytis entellus Hanuman langur Colobinae
Source: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat
3.12.3 FAUNA
The list of fauna found during field survey is given in Table No. 3.21.
Table No. 3.21 – List of Fauna
Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Family

1. Acridothers tristis Common myna Sturnidae
2. A.ginginianus Bank myna Sturnidae
3. Athene brama Spotted owlet Striginae
4. Aegithina tiphia Common lora Lrenidae
5. Ardeola grayee Pond Heron Ardeidae
6. Amaurornis phoenicurus Whitebrested waterhen Phasinidae
7. Babulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae
8. Centropus cinensis Crow-phesant Cuculidae
9. Columba Livia Blue Rock Pigeon Columidae
10. Corvus splendens House Crow Carvidae
11. Coracious benghalensis Indian Roller Coracidae
12. Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo Dieruridae
13. Dinophum benghalense Goldenbacked Woodpecker Picidae
14. Eudynamys scolopacea Koel Cuculidae
15. Fracolinus francollinus Black partiridge Pharianidae
16. Halcyon rustica Whitebrested Kingfisher Aicenidae
17. Hirundo rustica Common swallow Hirundinidae
18. Lanius exubitor Grey Shrike Daniidae
19. Launchura malabarica Whitethroated munia Estrildinae
20. Megalaima rubricapilla Smallgrren barbet Capilonidae
21. Merops orientalis Littlegreen Bea-eater Miropidae
22. M.malabarica Crimsonbrestwd Barbet Capilonidae
23. Milvus migrans Pathi Kite Accipitridae
24. Motacilla maderatensis Large pied wagtail Motacillidae
25. Nactarinia asiatica Purplerumpled sunbird Nectarinidate
26. Nectarinia minima Small sunbird Nectarinidae
27. Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole Oriolidae
28. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Pachycephaline
29. Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passerinae
30. Psittacula cyanocephala Blossamheaded parakeet Psittacidae
31. Pycnonotus caffer Redvented bulbul Pycnonotidae
32. Ploceus philipinensis Weaver bird Plocidae
33. Sexicoloides fulicate Indian Robin Corvidae
34. Sopsychus saularis Magpie Robin Corvidae
35. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae
36. S.senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae
37. Sternus pagodramus Brahiminy myna Sternidae
38. Turdoides caudatus Commom Babbler Muscicapidae
39. Upupa epopos Hoopoe Upupidae
40. Vanellus indicus Redwattled Lapwing Jacanidae
41. Metopidius indicus Brongewinged jacana Jacanidae
42. Ardea alba Large egrd Ardeidae
43. A.cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae

73
NAVDURGA DYES &

44. Falica atra Coot Rallidae
45. Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae
Source: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat
3.12.4 Interpretation of Ecology & Biodiversity

In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. There is a domestic animal like buffalo,
cow, goat, dog were find out in the study area. There was no Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened
species observed during primary survey.
3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC
An assessment of socio – economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, baseline
information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline socio - economic data collected
for the study region, before the project is in operation and it has been identified for the four major indicators
viz. demography, civic amenities, economy and social culture.
3.13.1 Methodology
A Basic detailed study of socio-economic facade is collected with the primary data collection and secondary
data method which is 2011 census and NIC data. Further to enhance and give justice to the secondary data,
meetings and discussions with Tahsildars, Sarpanchs, various Government officials, local heads, etc. as well as by
suitable field surveys was scheduled. The study brings out the following features in this respect.
3.13.2 Demography
As per census 2011, the demographic status of the study area is mentioned in Table No. 3.22. Sex ratio i.e. the
number of females per 1,000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspect in relation to female births,
infant mortality among female children. Details of the same are mentioned in Table No. 3.23.
Table No. 3.22 – Details of Population in Study Area
Sr. Total Total Total population

Village name Taluka Total female
No population male <6 years
1. Ankleshwar Ankleshwar 5,462 2,817 2,645 800
2. Kharod Ankleshwar 4,658 2,623 2,035 537
3. Bakrol Ankleshwar 1,591 851 740 199
4. Bhadi Ankleshwar 2,831 1,381 1,450 444
5. Umarwada Ankleshwar 3,711 1,847 1,837 476
6. Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 502 441 125
7. Avadar Ankleshwar 1,333 707 626 152
8. Dadhal Ankleshwar 3,695 1,838 1,857 540
9. Jitali Ankleshwar 4,225 2,160 2,065 523
10. Kararvel Ankleshwar 1,526 785 741 199
11. Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5,938 2,995 2,943 646
12. Motali Ankleshwar 895 459 436 153
13. Naugama Ankleshwar 920 502 418 101
14. Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 292 294 63
15. Piprod Ankleshwar 607 298 309 97
16. Samor Ankleshwar 1,294 670 624 152
17. Sangpor Ankleshwar 2,670 1,369 1,301 286
18. Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16,671 9,373 7,298 2,666
19. Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 451 444 117
20. Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 156 137 45
21. Boridara Jhagadia 960 495 465 94
22. Borjai Jhagadia 1,519 787 732 199
23. Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 369 329 89
24. Dadheda Jhagadia 1,094 559 535 135
25. Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 158 152 45
26. Damalai Jhagadia 563 298 267 77
27. Fulwadi Jhagadia 1,783 916 867 202
28. Govali Jhagadia 4,381 2,297 2,084 444
29. Haripara Jhagadia 816 433 383 70
30. Jhagadia Jhagadia 5,446 2,779 2,667 550
31. Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2,024 1,038 986 208
32. Kharchi Jhagadia 1,068 575 493 108
Kharchi
33. Jhagadia 998 501 497 158
Bhilwada
34. Kharia Jhagadia 531 277 254 74
35. Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 99 101 31
36. Karad Jhagadia 727 368 359 94
37. Limet Jhagadia 1,739 893 846 215
Malpor
38. Jhagadia 906 466 440 121
(Dumala)
39. Moran Jhagadia 866 437 429 106
40. Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1,053 526 527 84
41. Mulad Jhagadia 1,043 529 514 119
42. Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1,644 852 792 188
43. Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 261 259 71
44. Padal Jhagadia 1,743 880 863 209
45. Panvadi Jhagadia 592 307 285 71

75
NAVDURGA DYES &

46. Rajpore Jhagadia 339 165 174 44
47. Randedi Jhagadia 447 230 217 63
48. Ranipara Jhagadia 2,225 1,125 1,100 266
49. Ratanpor Jhagadia 2,130 1,093 1,037 262
50. Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 247 209 38
51. Selod Jhagadia 1,653 836 817 179
52. Sultanpura Jhagadia 5,864 3,003 2,861 570
53. Shiyali Jhagadia 1,069 559 510 135
54. Talodara Jhagadia 2,057 1,026 1,031 250
55. Uchedia Jhagadia 2,438 1,249 1,189 250
56. Untia Jhagadia 752 378 374 92
57. Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 349 312 82
58. Vasna Jhagadia 1,522 778 744 223
59. Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 133 141 37
60. Bhilod Valia 3,476 1,745 1,731 389
61. Dholgam Valia 2,556 1,311 1,245 303
62. Hirapor Valia 1,963 1,019 944 272
63. Kondh Valia 4,562 2,372 2,190 544
64. Valia Valia 7,678 3,829 3,849 769
Source: Census-2011 for Bharuch District
Table No. 3.23 – Population Density & Sex Ratio
Sr. Population Population Density Sex ratio (No. of females

Name
No (Persons) (Person/Sq.km.) per 1000 males)
1. Within 10 km radius (2011) 1,17,837 375 928
2. Taluka Jhagadia (2011) 1,85,337 228 949
3. Taluka Ankleshwar (2011) 3,15,596 725 882
4. Taluka Valia (2011) 1,45,400 283 962
5. District Bharuch (2011) 1,551,019 295 925
3.13.3 Literacy Rate & Economic Aspects

Details of literacy rate in percentage in district Bharuch and Taluka Ankleshwar are given in Table 3.24 and
3.25. The data shows that there is not much difference between female and male literacy rate in the study
region. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be improved with time, because it
consists large industrial estate and hence there are more employment opportunities.
Table No. 3.24 – Literacy Rate
Sr. No. Name Literacy rate (%)
1. Within 10 km radius 78.13
2. Taluka Ankleshwar (2011) 75.62
3. District Bharuch (2011) 72.09
Table No. 3.25 – Literacy Rate within 10 Km Radial Distance of Study Area
City/block Total population Population Population Literacy

Sr. No. Village name
name (Nos.) < 06 years Literate (%)
1. Ankleshwar Ankleshwar 5,462 800 3458 75.95
2. Kharod Ankleshwar 4,658 537 3749 90.01
3. Bakrol Ankleshwar 1,591 199 1183 84.8
4. Bhadi Ankleshwar 2,831 444 1805 77.4
5. Umarwada Ankleshwar 3,711 476 2516 78.6
6. Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 125 619 75.67
7. Avadar Ankleshwar 1,333 152 963 81.54
8. Dadhal Ankleshwar 3,695 540 2708 85.83
9. Jitali Ankleshwar 4,225 523 2897 78.25
10. Kararvel Ankleshwar 1,526 199 1039 78.29
11. Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5,938 646 4089 77.26
12. Motali Ankleshwar 895 153 545 73.45
13. Naugama Ankleshwar 920 101 656 80.09
14. Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 63 467 89.29
15. Piprod Ankleshwar 607 97 360 70.58
16. Samor Ankleshwar 1,294 152 699 61.20
17. Sangpor Ankleshwar 2,670 286 1783 74.79
18. Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16,671 2,666 11,430 81.61
19. Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 117 597 76.73
20. Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 45 139 56.04
21. Boridara Jhagadia 960 94 696 80.37
22. Borjai Jhagadia 1,519 199 1,072 81.21
23. Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 89 482 79.14
24. Dadheda Jhagadia 1,094 135 642 66.94
25. Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 45 208 78.49
26. Damalai Jhagadia 563 80 314 65.01
27. Fulwadi Jhagadia 1,783 202 1,141 72.17
28. Govali Jhagadia 4,381 444 2,917 74.09
29. Haripara Jhagadia 816 70 530 71.04

77
NAVDURGA DYES &
City/block Total population Population Population Literacy

Sr. No. Village name
name (Nos.) < 06 years Literate (%)
30. Jhagadia Jhagadia 5,446 550 4,081 83.35
31. Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2,024 208 1,572 86.56
32. Kharchi Jhagadia 1,068 108 859 89.47
33. Kharchi Bhilwada Jhagadia 998 158 640 76.19
34. Kharia Jhagadia 531 74 278 60.83
35. Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 31 119 70.41
36. Karad Jhagadia 727 94 471 74.40
37. Limet Jhagadia 1,739 215 1,149 75.39
38. Malpor (Dumala) Jhagadia 906 121 487 62.03
39. Moran Jhagadia 866 106 603 79.34
40. Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1,053 84 731 75.43
41. Mulad Jhagadia 1,043 119 758 82.03
42. Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1,644 188 1,152 79.12
43. Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 71 273 60.8
44. Padal Jhagadia 1,743 209 1,066 69.49
45. Panvadi Jhagadia 592 71 417 80.03
46. Rajpore Jhagadia 339 44 164 55.59
47. Randedi Jhagadia 447 63 256 66.66
48. Ranipara Jhagadia 2,225 266 1,284 65.54
49. Ratanpor Jhagadia 2,130 262 1,177 63
50. Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 38 384 91.86
51. Selod Jhagadia 1,653 179 1,150 78.09
52. Sultanpura Jhagadia 5,864 570 4,506 85.11
53. Shiyali Jhagadia 1,069 135 634 67.88
54. Talodara Jhagadia 2,057 250 1,415 78.3
55. Uchedia Jhagadia 2,438 250 1,601 73.17
56. Untia Jhagadia 752 92 512 77.57
57. Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 82 429 74.09
58. Vasna Jhagadia 1,522 223 959 73.82
59. Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 37 183 77.21
60. Bhilod Valia 3,476 389 2,392 77.48
61. Dholgam Valia 2,556 303 1,595 70.79
62. Hirapor Valia 1,963 272 1,321 78.11
63. Kondh Valia 4,562 544 3,208 79.84
64. Valia Valia 7,678 769 6,004 86.9

3.13.4 Occupational Structure
In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources, business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table no.
3.26 provides the occupational patterns in all villages of Ankleshwar Taluka.
Table No. 3.26 – Occupational Structure
Total Total main Total marginal Total non Employment

Sr. City/block Total Work
Village name population Worker Worker Worker ratio
No. name Population
(Nos.) Population Population population (%)
1. Ankleshwar Ankleshwar 5,462 1,897 1,667 230 3565 34.73
2. Kharod Ankleshwar 4,658 1,290 1,236 54 3368 27.69
3. Bakrol Ankleshwar 1,591 782 554 228 809 49.15
4. Bhadi Ankleshwar 2,831 898 868 30 1933 31.72
5. Umarwada Ankleshwar 3,711 1,429 1,389 40 2282 38.50
6. Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 388 252 136 555 41.14
7. Avadar Ankleshwar 1,333 607 361 246 726 45.53
8. Dadhal Ankleshwar 3,695 1,301 1,152 149 2394 35.21
9. Jitali Ankleshwar 4,225 1,610 1,384 226 2615 38.1
10. Kararvel Ankleshwar 1,526 544 403 141 982 35.64
11. Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5,938 2,258 2,086 172 3680 38.02
12. Motali Ankleshwar 895 385 347 38 510 43.01
13. Naugama Ankleshwar 920 412 361 51 508 44.78
14. Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 199 191 8 387 33.95
15. Piprod Ankleshwar 607 264 251 13 343 43.49
16. Samor Ankleshwar 1,294 617 587 30 677 47.68
17. Sangpor Ankleshwar 2,670 1,186 1,147 39 1484 44.41
18. Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16,671 5,905 5,587 318 10,766 35.42
19. Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 324 297 27 571 36.2
20. Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 140 81 59 153 47.78

79
NAVDURGA DYES &

No. name Population
21. Boridara Jhagadia 960 411 377 34 549 42.81
22. Borjai Jhagadia 1,519 478 466 12 1,041 31.46
23. Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 398 397 1 300 57.02
24. Dadheda Jhagadia 1,094 331 282 49 763 30.25
25. Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 185 124 61 125 59.67
26. Damalai Jhagadia 563 340 95 245 223 60.39
27. Fulwadi Jhagadia 1,783 748 535 213 1,035 41.95
28. Govali Jhagadia 4,381 1,857 1,774 83 2,524 42.38
29. Haripara Jhagadia 816 515 219 296 301 63.11
30. Jhagadia Jhagadia 5,446 2,164 2,003 161 3,282 39.73
31. Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2,024 787 654 133 1,237 38.88
32. Kharchi Jhagadia 1,068 538 397 141 530 50.37
33. Kharchi Bhilwada Jhagadia 998 382 239 143 616 38.27
34. Kharia Jhagadia 531 214 210 4 317 40.3
35. Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 72 66 6 128 36
36. Karad Jhagadia 727 354 333 21 373 48.69
37. Limet Jhagadia 1,739 683 679 4 1,056 39.27
38. Malpor (Dumala) Jhagadia 906 579 566 13 327 63.90
39. Moran Jhagadia 866 381 327 54 485 43.99
40. Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1,053 498 483 15 555 47.29
41. Mulad Jhagadia 1,043 437 393 44 606 41.89
42. Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1,644 755 506 249 889 45.92
43. Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 160 160 0 360 30.76
44. Padal Jhagadia 1,743 664 442 222 1,079 38.09
No. name Population
45. Panvadi Jhagadia 592 363 356 7 229 61.31
46. Rajpore Jhagadia 339 134 133 1 205 39.52
47. Randedi Jhagadia 447 145 110 35 302 32.43
48. Ranipara Jhagadia 2,225 1,030 1,005 25 1,195 46.29
49. Ratanpor Jhagadia 2,130 743 545 198 1,387 34.88
50. Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 202 106 96 254 44.29
51. Selod Jhagadia 1,653 626 550 76 1,027 37.87
52. Sultanpura Jhagadia 5,864 2,025 1,844 181 3,839 34.53
53. Shiyali Jhagadia 1,069 403 344 59 666 37.69
54. Talodara Jhagadia 2,057 715 579 136 1,342 34.75
55. Uchedia Jhagadia 2,438 1,057 931 126 1,381 43.35
56. Untia Jhagadia 752 506 402 104 246 67.28
57. Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 253 235 18 408 38.27
58. Vasna Jhagadia 1,522 605 581 24 917 39.75
59. Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 79 78 1 195 28.83
60. Bhilod Valia 3,476 1,312 1,127 185 2,164 37.74
61. Dholgam Valia 2,556 900 499 401 1,656 35.21
62. Hirapor Valia 1,963 869 743 126 1,094 44.26
63. Kondh Valia 4,562 1,783 1,563 220 2,779 39.08
64. Valia Valia 7,678 2,976 2,558 418 4,702 38.76
Main worker is a worker who has worked last year for six month or more. Marginal worker is a worker who has worked last year for less than six months. Non-worker
is worker who did not work at all during the reference period of one year.

81
NAVDURGA DYES &
Distribution of main worker and marginal worker into further following four categories are shown in Table 3.27.
I) Cultivators
II) Agricultural labors
III) Household industry
IV) Others workers
Table No. 3.27 – Distribution of Workers
Sr. Main worker population Marginal worker population

Village name
No. Cultivator Agriculture House Hold Other Cultivator Agriculture House Hold Other
1. Ankleshwar 214 533 76 844 12 70 26 117
2. Kharod 222 423 3 588 20 6 0 28
3. Bakrol 81 81 16 376 12 149 5 62
4. Bhadi 181 321 2 364 4 11 0 15
5. Umarwada 162 795 0 432 5 22 0 13
6. Amrutpura 38 147 2 65 32 87 2 15
7. Avadar 82 33 5 241 6 235 0 5
8. Dadhal 137 385 39 591 8 63 9 69
9. Jitali 126 642 34 582 11 192 2 21
10. Kararvel 70 117 2 214 21 49 1 70
11. Mandvabuzarg 272 1,264 29 521 13 130 4 25
12. Motali 67 187 1 92 8 25 0 5
13. Naugama 45 197 0 119 1 45 0 5
14. Pardi Mokha 35 68 0 88 1 4 0 3
15. Piprod 21 147 0 83 2 7 0 4
16. Samor 52 437 2 96 2 20 0 8
Village name
17. Sangpor 161 755 16 215 2 28 1 8
18. Sarangpore 67 443 108 4,969 11 25 15 267
19. Uchhali 49 178 0 70 3 20 0 4
20. Andharkachhala 18 58 1 4 3 55 0 1
21. Boridara 141 143 10 83 5 11 0 18
22. Borjai 95 238 41 92 1 8 1 2
23. Bhojpur 13 378 0 6 1 0 0 0
24. Dadheda 88 153 4 37 4 42 0 3
25. Dholakuva 46 73 0 5 1 60 0 0
26. Damalai 45 14 8 28 1 243 0 1
27. Fulwadi 77 128 4 326 14 144 1 54
28. Govali 309 1038 14 413 17 42 0 24
29. Haripara 54 108 20 37 19 201 28 48
30. Jhagadia 209 506 25 1263 6 32 15 108
31. Kapalsadi 138 351 8 157 20 82 0 31
32. Kharchi 89 116 1 191 20 85 3 33
33. Kharchi Bhilwada 60 65 2 112 6 84 0 53
34. Kharia 14 145 0 51 0 3 1 0
35. Kunvarpara 2 64 0 0 1 5 0 0
36. Karad 40 190 10 93 1 4 4 12
37. Limet 93 518 3 65 1 0 1 2
38. Malpor (Dumala) 3 535 0 28 1 11 0 1
39. Moran 33 287 0 7 1 53 0 0
40. Mota Sanja 48 312 0 123 0 3 1 11

83
NAVDURGA DYES &

Village name
41. Mulad 76 213 7 97 12 24 2 6
42. Nana Sanja 77 256 2 171 43 54 4 148
43. Navagam Mota 4 154 0 2 0 0 0 0
44. Padal 63 292 0 87 22 170 2 28
45. Panvadi 28 231 1 96 0 6 0 1
46. Rajpore 25 78 0 30 0 1 0 0
47. Randedi 14 67 0 29 1 22 0 12
48. Ranipara 140 777 1 87 9 3 2 11
49. Ratanpor 11 296 0 238 35 155 0 8
50. Sardarpura 28 12 1 65 5 78 3 10
51. Selod 129 347 14 60 14 49 2 11
52. Sultanpura 108 404 181 1,151 16 26 2 137
53. Shiyali 65 265 0 14 0 48 0 11
54. Talodara 108 292 11 168 19 93 4 20
55. Uchedia 177 523 23 208 1 108 4 13
56. Untia 97 124 2 179 44 49 0 11
57. Vanthevad 9 173 3 50 0 13 2 3
58. Vasna 117 381 0 83 1 21 0 2
59. Vaghpara 3 70 0 5 1 0 0 0
60. Bhilod 221 562 19 325 10 143 9 23
61. Dholgam 96 280 2 121 16 277 1 107
62. Hirapor 56 469 0 218 6 82 0 38
Village name
63. Kondh 102 551 12 898 18 112 2 88
64. Valia 122 459 35 1,942 30 60 16 312
Source: Census-2011for Bharuch District
3.13.5 Amenities
Infrastructure resources base of the surveyed villages with reference to educational, medical, water resources, post and telegraph, communication, power supply is
presented in Table 3.28. Significant observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows.
Table No. 3.28 – Details of Amenities available in study area
Location Drinking Post and Approach Power

Taluka Village Educational Medical Trasportation Nearest town
code Water telegraph to village Supply
6 Diva P(5),H,O PHS,D,RP(3),CHW T,W PO, PHONE BS PR,KR,KR Ankleshwar-3 EA
7 Divi P(3) -(-5 KMS) W,HP -(-5 KMS) BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-3 EA
8 Surwadi P(2) RP(2),CHW T,W,HP PO BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-2 EA
9 Borebhatha P(3) PHS,FPC T,W PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-2 EA
11 Borebhathabet P(4) -(-5 KMS) T,W,R PO, PHONE BS PR,KR,NR Ankleshwar-3 EA
12 Kansiya P(4) -(-5 KMS) T,W PO, PHONE BS PR Ankleshwar-4 EA
Ankleshwar 13 Chhapra P(3) CHW W,HP PO BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-8 EA

PHC,D,RP PTO, Ankleshwar-
14 Mandvabuzarg P(6),H,O T,W,HP BS PR EA
(2),SMP,CHW(3) PHONE 12
15 Samor P(2) PHS,FPC,CHW T,W,HP PO BS PR Ankleshwar-9 EA
P(6), H,
16 Andada PHS,RP(3) T,W PO, PHONE BS PR Ankleshwar-3 EA
PUC,AC(2),O
Ankleshwar-
17 Amrutpura P(2) -(-5-10 KMS) W,HP -(-5 KMS) BS PR EA
10

85
NAVDURGA DYES &

18 Motali P(3) -(-5-10 KMS) T,W,R PO, PHONE BS PR Ankleshwar-9 EA
Ankleshwar-
19 Uchchali P(2) CHW W,TK,HP -(-5 KMS) -(-5 KMS) PR,KR EA
10
Ankleshwar-
20 Sarangpore P(2) CHW W,HP PHONE BS PR,KR EA
10
21 Gadkhol P(2),H RP T,W -(-5 KMS) BS PR Ankleshwar-3 EA
22 Amboli P(2) -(-5 KMS) W,TW PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-1 EA
23 Boildara P(2) -(-5 KMS) T,W PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-1 EA
29 Umarwada P(3),O PHS,RP T,W,HP PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-6 EA
30 Safipura UNINHABITED
31 Kapodara P(2),O PHS,FPC,CHW T,W PO, PHONE BS PR Ankleshwar-7 EA
32 Bhadkodar P(2) CHW T,W PO, PHONE -(-5 KMS) PR,KR Ankleshwar-7 EA
33 Piraman P(3),TR,O PHS T,W PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-1 EA
Ankleshwar-
34 Jitani P(3),H,AC(4),O PHC,RP,SMP,CHW T,W,HP PO, PHONE BS PR,KR EA
10
35 Dadhal P(3),O PHS,FPC,CHW T,W,HP PO, PHONE BS,RS PR,KR Ankleshwar-9 EA
Ankleshwar-
36 Kararvel P(2),AC,O CHW T,W,TK PO BS PR,KR EA
12
Ankleshwar-
37 Avadhar P(2),AC -(-5 KMS) T,W,HP PO BS PR,KR EA
10
Ankleshwar-
38 Piprod P(2),O CHW W,HP PO BS PR,KR EA
16
Ankleshwar-
39 Pardi mokha P(2),O CHW T,W -(-5 KMS) BS PR,KR EA
16
Ankleshwar-
40 Sangpor P(3) PHS, CHW T,W PO BS PR,KR EA
17
Ankleshwar-
41 Kosamdi P(6),O PHS,RP(3) T,W,HP PO, PHONE BS PR,KR EA
12
42 Bakrol P(2) CHW T,W,HP PO, PHONE BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-8 EA
Ankleshwar-
43 Sanjali P(2),O CHW T,W PO, PHONE BS,RS PR,KR EA
10
Ankleshwar-
55 Kharod P(3),H,O(2) CHW,PHC,CWC T,W -(-5 KMS) BS PR,KR EA
10
Ankleshwar-
56 BHadi P(2),O -(-5 KMS) T,W PO, PHONE BS PR,KR EA
12
Ankleshwar-
125 Boridara P(2) CHW W,TK,TW,HP -(-5 KMS) BS,RS PR,KR EA
12
126 Mulad P(2) PHS, CHW T,W,TK,TW,HP PO BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-9 EA
127 Naugama P(2) CHW T,W,TK ,HP,R -(-5 KMS) BS PR,KR Ankleshwar-8 EA
Kharchi Ankleshwar-
128 P CHW T,W,TK ,HP -(-5 KMS) BS,RS PR,KR EA
Bhilwada 10
Jhagadia
Ankleshwar-
129 Kharchi P(2) PHS,FPC,CHW W,TK ,HP PO, PHONE BS,RS PR,KR EA
10
Ankleshwar-
158 Sardarpura P(2) CHW T,W,TK ,HP -(-5 KMS) BS KR EA
14
Ankleshwar-
159 Untia P(2) CHW T,W,HP -(-5 KMS) BS KR EA
12
Sourc: Census Dept., GOI

87
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 3.29 – Abbreviations for Amenities
P - Primary / Elementary School

S - Matriculation or Secondary
Education O - Other Educational Institution
PUC -Higher Secondary/ Intermediate/
pre-University/junior Collage
RP - Registered Private Practitioner
PHS - Primary Health Sub-Centre
FPC - Family Planning Centre
PHC - Primary Health Centre
D - Dispensary
CHW - Community Health
Medical Facilities Worker/Health Worker
H - Hospital
NH - Nursing Home
MH - Maternity Home
PHC - Public Health Centre
CWC - Child Welfare Centre
O – Others
T - Tap Water
HP - Hand Pump
TK - Tank Water
W - Well Water
Drinking Water R - River Water
C - Canal
N - Nallah
S - Spring
TW - Tube well Water
PO - Post Office
Post & Telegraph PTO - Post & Telegraph
PH - Telephone Communication
BS - Bus Station
Communication
NW - Navigable Waterway
PR - Pucca Road / Paved Road
Approaches to Village
MR - Kuchcha Road / Mud Road
FP - Foot Path
Power Supply EA - Electricity for all purposes

EAG - Electricity for Agriculture
ED - Electricity for Domestic
EO - Electricity for other purpose like
Industrial, Commercial etc.
3.13.6 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data

On the basis of survey, it is interpreted that there is need to promote education and providing training to solve
the problem of umemployment as almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. Also
during survey, it was observed that almost pakka road facility, all basic amenities like Education facilities Health
care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.
3.14 SUMMARY
Micrometeorology: During the study, wind was blowing mostly from SW – NE direction and wind speed range
0.0 to 22.5 km/h. Based on the wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that maximum dispersion of air
pollutant will be in NE direction during the period of March to May.
Ambient Air: All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found within the limit as per NAAQS. It
is interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is decent. This interpretation relate to the results
found for particular locations and study period.
Soil: The results of pH shows that soils are acidic to alkaline in reaction. The soils are categorized as sandy loam
Ground Water: Results of all villages meet with the standard, while the results of calcium and megnesium are
having high value at location of Umarwada and Mandwa Bujrg respectively. The reason of high concentration of
calcium and magnesium in ground water may be due to high content of Iron in nearby surface water resources.
Also it is interpreted that water supply by GIDC at project site.
Surface Water: On the basis of test results of River Water quality, it is understood that River water quality does
not meet with drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. From the Results of BOD, COD & Iron shows that the
water has been contaminated with organic matter and Iron due to directly or indirectly disposal of untreated
sewage and effluent. This water may be used for drinking purpose after proper treatment followed by
disinfection but it would not be directly used for driking purpose.
Noise: Based on noise level data for residential area and industrial area, it is understood that noise levels are
within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF&CC.
Traffic Survey: Based on existing traffic scenario, LOS values for N. H. No. – 8 have been found 0.57 i.e. good.
Ecology & Biodiversity: In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. There is a
domestic animal like buffalo, cow, goat, dog were find out in the study area. There was no Rare or Endangered
or Endemic or Threatened species observed during primary survey.
Socio-Economic: On the basis of survey, it was observed that almost pakka road facility, all basic amenities like
Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are
available in all villages.

89
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 4 – ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES
As a part of present EIA study, anticipated environmental impacts associated with the expansion project activity
of the unit have been identified. This chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts from the
proposed expansion project. The impacts have been assessed for the proposed project activities have been
covered under baseline environmental monitoring and continue to remain same till the operation of the project.
The operational phase of the proposed expansion project of industry comprises various activities, each of which
may have an impact on some or the other environmental parameters. The proposed expansion project would
create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:
 During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term; and
 During the operation phase which would have long term effects.
4.1 CRITERIA FOR MAGNITUDE OF IMPACTS

Criteria for magnitude of impacts are shown in the following table:
Table No. 4.1 – Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts
Sr. Impact
Category Description of Category
No. Adverse Beneficial
1. No Impact --- 0 0
2. No Appreciable Impact Short Term Reversible -1 1
3. Significant Impact Long Term Reversible -2 2
4. Major Impact Irreversible but of Lesser Extent -3 3
5. High Impact Irreversible but of Medium Extent -4 4
6. Permanent Impact Severe Irreversible Impact -5 5
Table No. 4.2 – Impacts vs. Probability Chart
Impact
Very Low Low Medium High Very High
1 2 3 4 5
Very High 5 5 10 15 20 25
Probability
High 4 4 8 12 16 20
Medium 3 3 6 9 12 15
Low 2 2 4 6 8 10
Very Low 1 1 2 3 4 5
Table No. 4.3 – Cumulative Score Range for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts
Sr. Cumulative
Meaning
No. Score
1. +ve / -ve Beneficial Impact / Adverse Impact
2. 0 – 150 No appreciable Beneficial Impact / Adverse Impact
3. 151 – 300 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are needed
Significant adverse impacts: most of the impacts are reversible. Mitigation measures
4. 301 – 450
are crucial.
Major adverse impacts; most of the impacts are reversible. Alternative site selection
5. 451 – 600
to be considered.
6. >600 Permanent irreversible impact; alternatives to the project need to be explored.
4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE

During the construction and operation phase, the following activities are considered to be important towards
development of impacts which are mentioned in the respective tables:
Table No. 4.4 – Impact Identification Matrix During Construction Phase
Environmental Attributes
Sr.
Activities
No. LU Hydro Risk and Ecology and Socio
Air Water Soil Noise Geology SHW
/LC Geology Hazards Biodiversity Economic
Transportation and Storage
1. ✔ --- --- ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔ ✔
of construction material
Modification and
2. commissioning of plant and ✔ ✔ --- ✔ --- --- --- ✔ ✔ --- ✔
machinery
3. Sewage disposal --- ✔ --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Solid/ Hazardous Waste
4. --- --- ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ --- --- ---
Disposal
5. Green Belt Development ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔
Development of Internal
6. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ --- --- --- ✔ --- --- ✔
road
Table No. 4.5 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Construction Phase (Without Mitigation
Measures)
Sr.
Activities LU Hydro Risk and Ecology and Socio
No. Air Water Soil Noise Geology SHW Total
Transportation and Storage
1. -9 0 0 -6 0 0 0 0 -4 -6 6 -19
of construction material
Modification and
2. commissioning of plant -8 -6 0 -8 0 0 0 -8 -9 0 9 -30
and machinery
3. Sewage disposal 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -4
4. 0 0 -6 0 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -12
Disposal
5. Green Belt Development 12 -6 9 6 4 0 0 0 0 6 4 35
Development of Internal
6. -8 -6 -8 -8 0 0 0 -4 0 0 4 -30
road
Total -13 -22 -5 -16 4 0 0 -18 -13 0 23 -60
CH 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

91
NAVDURGA DYES &
Total Cumulative Score without mitigation measures during construction phase for various Environmental
Parameters is –60 shows there is no appreciable adverse impact.
Table No. 4.6 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Operation Phase
Sr.
No. Air Water Soil Noise Geology SHW
1. Transportation ✔ --- ✔ ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔ ✔
Storage and handling of
2. ✔ --- ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔ --- ✔
Raw Material and Product
3. Manufacturing Process ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ --- --- --- ✔ ✔ --- ✔
Sewage and Effluent
4. --- ✔ ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔ ✔ ---
Generation
5. ✔ --- ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Disposal
6. Green Belt Development ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ --- --- --- --- ✔ ✔
7. Employment ✔ ✔ --- ✔ --- --- --- ✔ --- ✔ ✔
8. CSR Activity --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ✔
Table No. 4.7 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix during Operation Phase (without Mitigation
Measures)
Sr.
1. Transportation -6 0 -4 -6 0 0 0 0 -6 -6 4 -24
2. Raw Material and -4 0 -4 0 0 0 0 -6 -9 0 4 -19
Product
3. Manufacturing Process -4 -9 -4 -6 0 0 0 -6 -9 0 4 -34
Sewage and Effluent
4. 0 -6 -6 0 0 0 0 -4 -4 -4 4 -20
Generation
5. -3 0 -4 0 0 0 0 -6 -6 -6 4 -21
Disposal
7. Employment -9 -3 0 -9 0 0 0 -9 0 6 6 -18
8. CSR Activity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 12
Total -20 -22 -18 -17 2 0 0 -31 -34 -6 40 -106
Total Cumulative Score without mitigation measures during operation phase for various Environmental
Parameters is -106 shows there is no appreciable adverse impact.
4.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Table No. 4.8 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment
Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measure

 Transportation  Fugitive dust emissions  There will be minor construction activity carried out for the
and storage of due to vehicle movement proposed expansion. Hence increase in the level of PM, CO 2,
construction  Increase in the level of CO, NOx would be negligible.
Material PM due to generation of  Construction debris will be sprinkled with water and kept
 Modification airborne dust from the moist.
and construction activities,  Construction materials and Trucks used for transportation of
commissioning internal road construction materials will be covered with tarpaulin sheets
of plant and development, storage throughout the construction phase to avoid dust generation.
machinery and handling of  Barricading will be done wherever required during
 Green Belt construction materials. construction activities.
Development  Increase in the level of  Excavated soil and construction debris will be sprinkled with
 Development CO2, CO, NOx and PM water and kept moist.
of Internal from the transportation  Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid dust
road of the vehicles and generation from transportation and stored material.
construction machineries.  Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of
 PM would be the materials and equipment.
predominant pollutant  Regular maintenance/ inspection of vehicles used at site will
affecting the air quality. be done.
 Increases in respiratory  Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs) will be provided to
ailments. the construction workers. Hence there will be no significant
 Crop yield will be reduced impacts on their health due to the dust particle.
due to deposition of dust  Greenbelt development in and around the plant shall greatly
and reduce stomatal serve as an efficient barrier for prevention of air outside the
index. plant premises.

Table No. 4.9 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment

 Modification and  Decrease the ground  There will be minor construction activity carried out for the
commissioning water level due to proposed expansion. Hence water consumption and sewage
of plant and consumption of generation would be negligible.
machinery water  The water requirement will be met by GIDC and hence potential
 Sewage disposal  Run-off from impact on groundwater resources is not envisaged as source of
 Green Belt Storage Areas of water is not bore well and there will not be any toxic material
Development Construction release in sub soil region having potential of ground water
 Development of Material contamination.
Internal road  Contamination of  Sewage will be disposed off in to septic tank & soak pit system.
water by dumping/  Runoff from site will be prevented by providing adequate
fall/ spill of drainage system.
construction  Minimize water consumption through following steps:
materials & debris, o Water (Curing) shall be sprayed on concrete structures.
fuel and other o After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures shall

93
NAVDURGA DYES &

wastes like garbage be painted with curing chemical to save water. This will stop daily
etc. water curing hence save water.
 Water pollution due o Concrete structures shall be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags
to disposal of and then water should be sprayed on them. This will ensure
untreated sewage. sustained and complete curing.
 Green area will be o Ponds shall be made using cement and sand mortar to avoid
increased. water flowing away from the flat surface while curing.
o Pressure cock will be provided for construction water usage line.
o Aware the construction workers with the help of banners to save
water during different activity.
o Good construction practices to avoid water logging on site.
4.3.3 Soil Environment

Table No. 4.10 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment

 Green Belt  Compaction of soil due to  Excavated topsoil shall be used for
Development development of internal road backfilling/greenbelt development and plantation.
 Development of and vehicular movement.  The construction wastes if any shall be utilized for
Internal road  Positive impact due to PCC works, road construction and other filling
 Solid/ Hazardous development of greenbelt. requirement etc.
Waste Disposal  Soil contamination due to  The construction material & diesel/oil to be used for
disposal of untreated sewage. various construction activities will be stored in
designated storage yards to reduce the spills.

Table No. 4.11 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment

 Transportation  Occupational health  Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of
and storage of issues associated with materials and equipment.
construction high noise level may  Regular maintenance / inspection of vehicles used at site will
Material be observed. be done.
 Modification  Noise generation due  Construction activities if any shall be allowed only during day
and to vehicular time.
commissioning movement, operation  Machinery used for construction will be of high standard of
of plant and of construction reputed make and will adhere to International standards.
machinery machineries. These standards itself take care of noise pollution control /
 Green Belt  Decreases the vibration control and air emission control.
Development efficiency of a man.  Lubrication will be carried-out periodically for rotation
 Development Lack of concentration. machinery.
of Internal road Causes Blood Pressure.  Use of well-maintained construction equipments as well as
Temporary or vehicles used for transportation.
permanent Deafness.  Anti-vibration pads shall be provided on machine foundation
 Noise pollution to maintain low noise.
damages the nervous  Vibration control damped tools shall be used and the
system of animal. number of hours that a worker uses them must be limited.
 Noise pollution causes  Provision of PPEs like earmuffs/earplug to avoid adverse
poor quality of crops effects of noise on occupational health and hearing capacity
in a pleasant of workers as well as planning of working hours and shift of
atmosphere. workers.
 Positive impact due to  The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plant
development of shall greatly serve as an efficient barrier for prevention of
Greenbelt. noise propagation outside the plant premises.
4.3.5 Land Use/ Land Cover

 Green Belt  Positive impact due to  The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plant
Development development of Greenbelt. will be greatly serve as an efficient barrier for prevention of
impact on Land Use/ Land Cover.
4.3.6 Hydrogeology
Source of water is being/will be GIDC and after proposed expansion GIDC will be provided water so there will be
no Impact on Hydrogeology.
4.3.7 Geology
Project site located in GIDC, Ankleshwar so there will be no impact on Geology.
4.3.8 Hazardous/Solid Waste

Table No. 4.12 – Impact due to Hazardous/Solid Waste and its Mitigation Measures

 Modification  The discharge of solid  There will be minor construction activity carried out for the
and wastes will cause ill health proposed expansion. Hence waste generation would be
commissioning of the workers. negligible.
of plant and  Fuel leakage/ spillage  Excavated earth will be stacked covered with plastic/tarpaulin
machinery used for construction sheets and will be maintained separately. Excavated topsoil
 Solid/ equipment or vehicles shall be used for backfilling/greenbelt development and
Hazardous may cause land plantation.
Waste Disposal contamination.  Fuel leakage/spillage shall be mitigated by providing properly
 Development  The impacts on land may lined storage area.
of Internal road occur due to construction  The solid wastes generated will be disposed properly through
work especially municipal solid waste disposal site to avoid any adverse
excavation, foundation, impacts on land.
etc.  Proper sanitation facilities and drinking water shall be
 The solid wastes provided.
generated from the  The construction wastes shall be utilized for PCC works, road
domestic activities of construction and other filling requirement etc.
construction workforce  Care shall also be taken that stagnant pools are not formed at
may cause land the site during the construction phase.
contamination.
4.3.9 Risk & Hazard

There will be minor construction activity carried out for the proposed expansion. Hence Risk & Hazard would be
negligible.
95
NAVDURGA DYES &
4.3.10 Ecology & Biodiversity

Table No. 4.13 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology & Biodiversity

 Transportation  Transportation  During the site visit, it was observed that there is no forest land, nor
and storage of of Construction ecologically sensitive area located within 10 km of the project site.
construction material by the Hence impact due to proposed project is not envisaged.
of Material trucks/dumper  Transportation of construction materials will be schedule in such a
 Green Belt will disturb the way to minimize the truck trips and cannot do it in night.
Development movement of  Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of materials
animal and and equipment.
birds.  Regular maintenance/ inspection of vehicles used at site will be
 Fugitive done.
emission from  The proposed activities do not envisage destruction of habitat and
vehicle feeding or breeding area of faunal species. Further, development of
movement will plantation will provide habitat, food and breeding areas for small
affects the animals and insects. Thus a positive impact is envisaged.
growth of  No rare or endangered species of fauna are reported to exist in the
plants. area. Thus, no impacts on rare/endangered species are envisaged
 Green area will due to normal operations.
be increased.  Greenbelt development in and around the plant shall greatly serve
as an efficient barrier for prevention of air outside the plant
premises.
4.3.11 Socio-Economic
Table No. 4.14 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic

 Transportation  During transportation and modification &  The contractor will provide all required
and storage of commissioning of the plant and machinery facilities to the workers to reduce the impact
Construction will generate employment opportunity in on the existing facilities in the study area.
Material the skilled as well as unskilled categories.  Local businessmen will get opportunity to
 Modification Although the workforce requirement will supply materials.
and be temporary in nature, it will be met from  Demands generated from the employees
commissioning the local populace as far as possible hence working at site for basic facilities will
of plant and there will be positive impact in terms of increase the local business activity of the
machinery local resource utilization. area.
 Green Belt  Construction workers will require essential  Any development, either temporary or
Development basic infrastructure facilities viz. safe permanent will support the family of many
 Development drinking water, adequate sanitation, etc. people. Thus, positive impacts are envisaged
of Internal will have temporary impact on the existing on socio-economic environment.
road facilities in the study area.
Table No. 4.15 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix During Construction Phase (with Mitigation
Measures)
Sr.
Transportation and
1. Storage of -6 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 -2 -4 12 -4
construction material
Modification and
2. commissioning of -4 -3 0 -4 0 0 0 -2 -6 0 16 -3
plant and machinery
3. Sewage disposal 0 -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2
Solid/ Hazardous
4. 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 -4 0 0 0 -8
Waste Disposal
Green Belt
5. 16 -6 12 9 6 0 0 0 0 9 6 52
Development
Development of
6. -4 -6 -6 -6 0 0 0 -3 0 0 6 -19
Internal road
Total 2 -17 2 -5 6 0 0 -9 -8 5 40 16
Total Cumulative Score with mitigation measures during construction phase for various Environmental
Parameters is 16 shows there is no appreciable beneficial impact.
4.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING

OPERATION PHASE
Air modeling is a way to mathematically simulate atmospheric conditions and behavior, it is usually performed
using computer programs. Air models can calculate pollutant concentrations in the air or the amount of
pollution deposition estimates on the ground from the air by using various inputs such as meteorological
parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc. and source emissions.
Air models can predict pollutant concentrations at almost any location and provide an efficient way to examine
air quality over large areas. Further air models can predict the impacts of new sources before they are built and
also allow an examination of the effects of different types of pollution controls before any actual changes are
made to the sources of pollution. In addition, air modeling is sometimes used to locate air quality monitors in
areas where high pollutant concentrations are most likely to occur.
To identify the incremental load on ambient air quality, it is necessary to assess the impact of existing ambient
air quality with respect to the proposed emission. In order to predict the impact of air pollutants on ambient air
quality, the incremental Ground Level Concentration (GLC) has been computed using Industrial Source Complex
– Short Term (ISCST – 3) model, which is a steady-state Gaussian plume model.

97
NAVDURGA DYES &
INPUT OF ISCST – 3:
The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a stack is a local phenomenon. Its impact will occur at a
distance ranging from within the immediate vicinity of the stack to 1 km away from the stack. To evaluate the
impact on air quality following data is required to input in simulation.
 Co-ordinates (X & Y) of sampling location within study area
O
 Micro-metrological data such as cloud cover, temperature ( C), relative humidity (%), wind direction
(Degree), wind speed (km/h), hourly precipitation for study period.
 Predicated stack emission rate after installation of pollution control devices.
OUTPUT OF ISCST – 3:
Equal Concentration Contour Plots (Isopleths):
The proposed air emissions of various parameters i.e. PM, SO 2, NOx and HCl have been stimulated in ISCST – 3
model and based on the final output contour of maximum ground level concentration for sampling location are
plotted. Isopleths of each parameter are depicted as Figure – 4.1 to 4.3.
Figure No. 4.1 – Isopleths for Concentration of PM

99
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 4.2 – Isopleths for Concentration of SO2

Figure No. 4.3 – Isopleths for Concentration of NOx

101
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 4.16 – Resultant Concentration Value
Sr. No. Location Background Average Conc. Incremental Conc. Resultant Conc.
3 3
A. PM10 µg/m (Permissible Limit:100 µg/m )
1. A1 76.19 0.00 76.19
2. A2 69.52 0.27 69.79
3. A3 73.30 0.09 73.39
4. A4 63.60 0.04 63.64
5. A5 64.41 0.01 64.42
6. A6 75.22 0.05 75.27
7. A7 67.12 0.00 67.12
8. A8 66.70 0.02 66.72
9. A9 68.51 0.00 68.51
3 3
B. SO2 µg/m (Permissible Limit: 80 µg/m )
1. A1 16.32 0.00 16.32
2. A2 12.41 0.46 12.87
3. A3 14.80 0.15 14.95
4. A4 8.60 0.07 8.67
5. A5 11.49 0.02 11.51
6. A6 14.59 0.08 14.67
7. A7 9.10 0.01 9.11
8. A8 13.69 0.03 13.72
9. A9 10.10 0.00 10.10
3 3
C. NOx µg/m (Permissible Limit: 80 µg/m )
1. A1 20.12 0.00 20.12
2. A2 15.33 0.13 15.46
3. A3 17.50 0.04 17.54
4. A4 10.41 0.02 10.43
5. A5 13.68 0.00 13.68
6. A6 16.22 0.02 16.24
7. A7 11.31 0.00 11.31
8. A8 15.13 0.01 15.14
9. A9 13.60 0.00 13.6
Conclusion
It is noted that the maximum impact zone is within 2 – 4 km radial zone from the stack of industrial Plant. The
modeling study proved that the air emissions from the proposed plant would not affect the ambient air quality
of the region in any significant manner because after proposed expansion natural gas will be used as a fuel to
control air emissions. The ambient air quality around the project site will remain within the NAAQS. NAAQS are
indicative air quality criteria that are adequate to protect the human health and vegetation.
Emission from Transportation Vehicles
Emission from vehicles used for transportation would be affecting the pollutant concentrations in project area.
Details of traffic after proposed expansion are mentioned below:
Maximum Raw Material consumption after expansion = 36.625 MT/Month
Maximum Production after expansion = 5 MT/Month
Total Transportation of Material = 41.625 MT/Month
Capacity of one truck = 20 T
Total nos. of trucks require per month after expansion = 41.625/20 = 2.08 = 2 Nos. of Truck/Month
Total nos. of truck per day = 2/30 = 0.067 Nos. of Trucks/Day
We have consider maximum 2 Nos. of truck/day. It is calculated that total 60 Nos./month of trucks will be
arrived/leaved at the project site. Traffic load on internal and external road is calculated as under:
Table No. 4.17 – Traffic load due to material transportation & employment
Sr. No. Particulars PCU/day PCU/hr

1. Total Truck/ Day = 2 Frequancy of Truck = 2*2 = 4 4*3 = 12 0.50
Nos. of employess = 2 Car Frequancy of Car and two wheeler (4*1 = 4) + (16*0.5 =
2. 0.50
+ 8 Two Wheelers = 10 = (2*2 = 4) + (8*2 = 16) = 20 8) = 12
Total 1.00
Existing road traffic at the proposed expansion project site is mentioned in Chapter – 3. However, the impact
would be negligible due to less nos. of vehicles.
Table No. 4.18 – Traffic Scenario and LOS after Proposed Expansion
Sr.
Vehicles at N. H. No. – 8 Modified V C Modified V/C Ratio Modified V/C Grade
No.
2,044 + 1 =
1. N. H. No. – 8 3600 0.56 C
2,045
The LOS value from the proposed expansion project will be the almost same i.e. ―C‖ ―Good‖ for the National
Highway falling in the study area. So, the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not
likely to have any significant adverse effect.

103
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 4.19 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment

 Transportation  Increase in the level of PM, NOx  During the movement of trucks, fugitive emissions
 Storage and and VOC due to transportation will be minimized by water sprinkling on roads and
handling of of the vehicles and regular vehicular maintenance.
Raw Material manufacturing process.  Trucks used for transportation will be closed /
and Prodcut  Air pollution has both acute and covered with tarpaulin sheet to avoid dust dispersion.
 Manufacturing chronic effects on human  Only valid PUC vehicle will be used for the
Process health, affecting a number of transportation.
 Solid/ different systems and organs. It  After proposed expansion, Natural Gas will be used as
Hazardous ranges from minor upper a fuel in boiler with 12 m adequate stack height.
Waste Disposal respiratory irritation to chronic  Regular monitoring will be done as per monitoring
 Green Belt respiratory and heart disease, plan mentioned in chapter 6.
Development acute respiratory infections in  Internal road shall be provided for smooth movement
 Employment children and chronic bronchitis of the goods vehicles.
in adults.  PPEs will be provided to the workers. Hence there will
 Generation of fugitive dust due be no significant impacts on their health due to
to vehicle movement for emission.
transportation of raw material  The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the
and finished goods. plant shall greatly serve as an efficient barrier for
 Flue gas emission from Boiler prevention of air outside the plant premises.
and Hot air generator.  From air modeling study, it has proved that the air
 Agricultural crops can be emission from the proposed expansion project is not
injured when exposed to high increased in significant manner.
concentrations of various air  There is/will be no process emission from the existing
pollutants. production activity. After proposed expansion HCl will
 Positive impact as Greenbelt be generated from Chlorosulphonic storage tank it
acts as dust barrier. will be controlled by APCM of Two satge alkali
scrubber with Closed loop deeping system.

Table No. 4.20 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment

 Manufacturing  Decrease the ground  Water is being/will be sourced from GIDC. Hence no major
Process water level due to water impact will be envisaged on surface or ground water resources.
 Sewage and consumption during  Domestic effluent will be treated in septic tank/soak pit system.
Effluent various activities in the  Wastewater generation from industrial activities will be send to
Generation industry. existing ETP and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further
 Green Belt  Wastewater generation treatment.
Development from manufacturing  Proper sanitation and treatment facilities will be provided
 Employment and other within the premises to prevent contamination of water due to
domestic/industrial runoff.
activities.  Drinking water will be provided to the employees.
 Plants and crop will not  Proper storage area will be proposed with lining to avoid
survive due to leakage.
contaminated water.  Regular monitoring will be done as per monitoring plan
mentioned in chapter 6.
4.4.3 Soil Environment
Table No. 4.21 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment

 Transportation  Soil contamination due to  Solid/hazardous waste generated from the process will be
 Storage and leakage/ spillage of raw properly handled as per Solid Hazardous Waste Handling
handling of raw material/untreated Rules.
material and water/hazardous waste.  Wastewater management with proper disposal facility
product  Leachate from the process is/will be provided for effluent or sewage not disposed on
 Manufacturing wastewater and waste land/Soil.
process handling area may  On completion of works (inphases), all temporary
 Sewage and contaminate the soil. structures, surplus materials and wastes to be completely
effluent  Soil compaction due to removed.
generation movement of heavy  Proposed greenbelt is/will be provided significantly help
 Solid/ Hazardous vehicles. to protect the soil from erosion and contamination by
Waste disposal  Accidental spillage during preventing the airborne dust to travel to longer distances
 Greenbelt manufacturing activity will from the source.
Development contaminate the soil.  Proper care will be taken that there is no spill that would
causes oil contamination.

Table No. 4.22 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment

 Transportation  Noise generation due to  All the equipment / machineries operated in the project
 Manufacturing vehicular movement and will be designed / operated in such a way that the noise
Process operation of machineries. level in work place will be minimal.
 Greenbelt  Continuous noise may cause  Periodical noise monitoring will be carried out to ensure
Development negative impact on workers that ambient noise levels are restricted to permissible
 Employment  Decreases the efficiency of limits.
worker.  Provision of PPEs like earmuffs / earplug to avoid effects of
 Lake of concentration noise on occupational health of workers as well as planning
 Positive impact due to of working hours and shift of workers.
Greenbelt  Greenbelt will be developed in and around the plant.
4.4.5 Land Use/ Land Cover

 Green Belt  Positive impact due to  The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plant
Development development of Greenbelt. will be greatly serve as an efficient barrier for prevention of
impact on Land Use/ Land Cover.
4.4.6 Hydrogeology
Projects site falls in already developed GIDC Ankleshwar and source of water is GIDC so there will be no Impact
on Hydrogeology.
4.4.7 Geology
Projects site falls in already developed GIDC Ankleshwar so there will be no impact on Geology.

105
NAVDURGA DYES &
4.4.8 Hazardous/Solid Waste

Table No. 4.23 – Impact due to Hazardous/Solid Waste and its Mitigation Measures

 Storage and  Storage and  Collection, storage and disposal of solid / hazardous waste will be
handling of Raw handling of carried out as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management
Material and hazardous / and Trans Boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Product solid wastes  All the solid/hazardous waste generated shall be packed in HDPE
 Manufacturing will cause bags and stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Facility having
Process adverse impervious layer and leachate collection system.
 Sewage and impact on  Empty Barrels/Containers/Liners Contaminated with Hazardous
Effluent Generation health of the Chemicals/Wastes will be collected, stored, transported and
 Solid / Hazardous workers. disposed by send to authorized decontamination facility/recycler
Waste Generation  Odor or reuse or send back to supplier.
 Employment generation  ETP waste is/will be disposed at TSDF site.
from waste  Hydrochloric acid (15%) will be reused as a raw material within
storage area. plant premises.
 Used oil will be disposal by selling to GPCB/ MoEF approved
recycler/ reuse as lubricant within premises.
 PPEs will be provided to the workers.
4.4.9 Risk & Hazard

Table No. 4.24 – Impact due to Risk & Hazards and its Mitigation Measures

 Transportation  Chances of accident  Loading and unloading equipment will be inspected and
 Storage and may increase due to maintained regularly.
handling of raw transportation activity.  External and internal visual inspections, leakage and
material and  Spillages / leakages, pressure tests are conducted.
product discharge of chemicals  Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of all raw materials
 Manufacturing  Occupational health and products will be readily available at respective
process hazards due to department.
 Sewage and handling of  Adequate ventilations will be provided at process area.
Effluent generation wastewater and solid  Fire extinguishers is being/will be provided at designated
 Solid / Hazardous wastes, as well as places.
Waste disposal process operations.  PPEs will be provided to the workers.
 Risk assessment and DMP will be prepared for the
proposed expansion project.
4.4.10 Ecology & Biodiversity
Table No. 4.25 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology & Biodiversity

 Transportation  There are no  As per the survey close to the proposed site and in the vicinity, no
 Sewage abd National Parks endangered species or wildlife is reported at project site. It can be
Effluent and Wild life predicted that there would be no adverse impact on the ecology of
Generation Sanctuaries the area and the project is not expected to release any toxic
 Solid / within the study pollutants, which are likely to have any adverse impact on the
Hazardous area and hence ecology.
Waste disposal no impact is  The emission from the proposed project would not be significant
 Greenbelt anticipated on to cause any damage to the habitual area as all necessary &
Development the same. efficient modern air pollution control technologies are already
 Employment  Impact to Flora planned to prevent impacts on air environment and on the ecology
and Fauna of the nearby area.
 For estimation the adverse impact of the proposed project on flora
and fauna, air quality modeling has been done and results shows
that no adverse impact on the same.
 Greenbelt area will be developed which will result in beneficial
impacts on ecology.
4.4.11 Socio-Economic
Table No. 4.26 – Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic

 Transportation  Operation phase will provide significant  The proposed project would require
 Storage and opportunities for employment in skilled, semi- 10 Nos. of manpower. The maximum
handling of skilled & unskilled categories. This would multiply of the human resource requirement
raw material economic opportunities, and henceforth enhance will be met by local employment.
and product the livelihood patterns of this region.  The project proponent will improve
 Manufacturing  The maximum of the human resource requirement the socio-economical condition as
process will be met by local employment. Thus the well as status of health and
 Solid/ proposed project would be considerably beneficial education in the region.
Hazardous to the socioeconomic conditions of local area.  Demands generated from the
Waste  Beside direct employment, rise in indirect employees working at project site for
disposal employment and enterprise development due to basic facilities will increase the local
 Greenbelt proposed project would also be significantly business activity of the area.
Development beneficial to the economy of local area.  Any development, either temporary
 Employment  These direct & indirect employments would or permanent will support the family
 CSR Activity proliferate economic opportunities & conditions, of many villagers. Thus, positive
henceforth enhance the livelihood patterns of this impacts are envisaged on socio-
region. economic environment.

107
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 4.27 – Environmental Impact Assessment Matrix during Operation Phase (with Mitigation
Measures)
Sr.
1. Transportation -4 0 -2 -4 0 0 0 0 -4 -4 6 -12
2. Raw Material and -2 0 -3 0 0 0 0 -2 -6 0 6 -7
Product
3. Manufacturing Process -2 -6 -2 -4 0 0 0 -4 -6 0 12 -12
Sewage and Effluent
4. 0 -4 -2 0 0 0 0 -3 -2 -2 6 -7
Generation
5. -2 0 -2 0 0 0 0 -4 -4 -4 6 -10
Disposal
7. Employment -4 -2 0 -6 0 0 0 -6 0 9 12 3
8. CSR Activity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 16
Total -2 -16 -2 -5 6 0 0 -19 -22 5 68 13
Total Cumulative Score with mitigation measures during operation phase for various Environmental Parameters
is 13 shows there is no appreciable beneficial impact.
4.5 SUMMARY
During the construction and operation phase various activities are considered to be important towards
development of impacts, impacts are identified and proper mitigation measures are suggested. Impact
identification matrix with quantitative impact matrix with and without mitigation measures during construction
and operation phase have also been carried out. From air modeling study, it has proved that the air emission
from the proposed expansion project is not increased in significant manner. The resultant concentrations are
within the NAAQS. It can be concluded that the overall negative impacts from various activities on different
environmental parameters is negligible with proper EMP in place.
CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY
& SITE)
The proposed expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products within
existing premises having total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual or Total production shall not exceed
5.0 MT/Month) and it is located at Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat,
India.
5.1 ALTERNATIVES AND OTHER TECHNOLOGY

During EIA study some alternatives were considered and are discussed below:
 Technology: Industry will choose automatic machineries between automatic and semi-automatic
because these machineries will consume less electricity, generate minimum noise and air pollution.
 Employment: Local employment will be preferred by the industry as per their skills & qualification.
Industry will be provided financial benefits to the local employee.
 Labor Transport: Industry will be deputed local employees so they will not require public transport.
Workers and local employees will be reached by their own vehicles to minimize the cost of
transportation.
 Raw material & Product Transport: Industry will be used private vehicles for the transportation of the
raw material and product. Due to this, indirect employment will be generated.
 Water requirement: Industry is being/will be used GIDC water because it does not want to alter the
surface and ground water quality to digging bore well.

 Road: Industry is being/will be used metallic road in place of Kachcha Road because the project site is
located in GIDC having well-furnished road.

 Fuel: Industry is being/will be used natural gas as a fuel to minimized air pollution.
5.2 SUMMARY
Project is located in GIDC, Ankleshwar is a well-developed Notified Industrial Area with necessary infrastructure
facilities.
CH 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
109
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environmental Monitoring is an essential tool for Sustainable Development & effective implementation and
monitoring of Environmental Management Plan & Mitigation Measures. It is also very essential to keep
updating the Environmental Management System for effective conservation of environment along with ongoing
project activities/operation. The Environment Monitoring Program enables Environmental Management System
with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for Environment Management,
improvement and conservation. It provides exact idea for Mitigation Measures to be implemented as it is linked
with actual distraction of Environmental Quality due to the project activities. Hence, monitoring of critical
parameters of Environmental Quality is very essential in the routine activity schedule of project operation. An
Environmental Monitoring Program (EMP) will be scheduled for the following major objectives:
 Assessment of the changes in Environmental Conditions, if any, during the project operation/activities.
 Monitoring and tracking the effectiveness of EMP and implementation of Mitigation Measures planned.
 Identification of any significant adverse transformation in Environmental Condition due to the project.
6.1 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

The Environmental Monitoring Locations will be decided considering the Environmental Impacts likely to occur
due to the operation of proposed expansion project as the main scope of Monitoring Program is to track, timely
and regularly, the change in Environmental Conditions and to take timely action for protection of environment.
Monitoring of environmental samples will be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCB.
The method followed will be standard method recommended/ approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB/
GPCB. The parameters and frequency of monitoring for the proposed expansion project will be carried out as
follows:
Table No. 6.1 – Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program
Sr. Frequency of
Particulars Parameter for Monitoring
No. Monitoring
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx, CO, Total VOC, HCl
1. Monthly
within plant premises
2. Stack Monitoring SPM, SO2, NOx, Monthly

3. Water Quality As per IS 10500: 2012 Quarterly
Wastewater Quality As per CC&A conditions and/or GPCB/CPCB

4. Monthly
conditions
Noise Quality within Plant premises Equivalent noise level - dB (A) (min. 5
5. Monthly
locations) during day and night time
6. Work Place Monitoring As per Clause 6.4 of ISO 9001:2008 Monthly
Hazardous Waste Generation and Maintaining records in Form 3 Routine

7. Management th
Filing of Annual Returns in Form 4 for Yearly by 30
preceding period April to March June
Sr. Frequency of
Particulars Parameter for Monitoring
No. Monitoring
Maintaining records of manifest Routine
Greenbelt Development Number of trees planted, Number of Survived

8. Yearly
Plants/Trees, Number of Poor Plant/Trees
9. Environmental Audit As per Directions of Hon. High Court, Gujarat Yearly
Renewal of Consents and Renewing consent to operate under applicable 3 months before
10.
Authorization acts expiry of validity
11. Compliance of EC condition Submission of 6 monthly compliance reports Half yearly
Medical surveillance program The health status of all the workers in respect
12. Half yearly
of occupational health hazards
Monitoring of the above parameters will be carried out to assess the performance of pollution control
equipment‗s installed to achieve the statutory norms. In case emissions/pollutant will found to exceed the
norms, the on duty personnel will check the relevant parameters and take appropriate corrective actions. A
record of corrective and preventive action will be maintained as per requirement.
6.2 MONITORING METHODOLOGY

Monitoring of environmental components shall be collected as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/
CPCB/ GPCB. The following methods shall be recommended/standard method approved/recommended by
MoEF&CC/ CPCB.
Table No. 6.2 – Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis
Sr. Methods
Attributes
No. Sampling/Preservation Analysis
As per IS: 5182 & AWMA. As per IS:5182, CPCB & AWMA
Ambient air
1. Instrument operated as per it‘s
quality
manual
2. Noise Instrument : Noise level meter Survey carried out as per CPCB guideline.
3. Ground Water Standard Methods for Examination IS 3025 & Standard Methods for Examination
nd
of Water and Wastewater (APHA), of Water and Wastewater (APHA), 22
4. Surface Water nd
22 edition, 2012 edition, 2012
IS 2720, Soil Testing in India IS 2720, Laboratory developed Method as per

(Department of Agriculture and NABL requirement and Book - Soil Testing in
5. Soil Quality
Cooperation). India (Department of Agriculture and
Cooperation).
6.3 LABORATORY FACILITIES

Laboratory will be set up with adequate manpower and basic facilities for self-monitoring of pollutants
generated in proposed expansion plant. The laboratory will be equipped with sophisticated instruments and
CH 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

111
NAVDURGA DYES &
chemicals required for monitoring of general parameters of ambient air, wastewater, noise within plant
premises.
6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will maintain following
records:
 Monthly and annual progress reports: Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the
planned schedule, report shall be prepared & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the
concerned person.
 Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment
 Instruction manual for monitoring of water & gaseous parameter and hazardous waste management.
 Records of medical check-up of employees.
 Regularly all documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring
plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary actions of Environmental
Management Cell.
 Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts
 All environmental monitoring data will be stored as a computer database for proper storage, retrieval
and interpretation.
 The in-charge of environment, health and safety department will co-ordinate with monitoring agency
and analysis report with interpretation will be submitted regularly to the statutory authority after
obtaining approval from higher management.
6.5 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

On a regular basis, environment management cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the materials,
technologies, services, maintenance works and make appropriate budget for these purposes. Regular records
review for change in financial requirements of environment management shall be done and appropriate
budgetary provisions shall be made and revised regularly on requirement. Industry will be propsed Rs. 2.99
Lakhs/Annum for environmental monitoring. Breakup of the environmental monitoring cost is mention below
table:
Table No. 6.3 – Environmenal Monitoring Cost break up
Sr. No. Description Amount (Lakhs/Annum)
1. Air Environment 1.50
2. Water Environment 1.20
3. Noise 0.05
4. Other 0.24
Sr. No. Description Amount (Lakhs/Annum)
Total 2.99
6.6 SUMMARY
Environmental samples will be collected as per the guidelines provide by MoEF&CC/ CPCB/ GPCB. The method
followed will be recommended/standard method approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB. Industry will be
propsed Rs. 2.99 Lakhs/Annum for environmental monitoring. Industry will maintain the pollution load under
permissible limit and will take necessary precautions to maintain the same. Regular records review for change in
financial requirements of environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall
be made and revised regularly on requirement.
CH 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

113
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES

This chapter includes a brief description of Public Consultation i. e. public hearing details, Risk Assessment &
Hazard study and Disaster Management Plan.
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Project site is located within the Notified Industrial Area, GIDC Ankleshwar which was notified prior to the EIA
th
Notification, 2006 coming in to force hence as per O.M. J-11011/321/2016-IA. II (I) dated 27 April, 2018, Public
Consultation is not applicable for proposed expansion project.
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.2.1 Introduction
M/s. Navdurga Dyes & Chemicals is an existing unit and intend to addition of new product within existing
premises. Unit will deal with various chemical products, some of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their
intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire &
explosion or combinations of them are the hazards associated with plants using hazardous chemicals. More
comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as, Hazard Identification and
Qualitative/ Quantitative Risk Assessment have been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and
safety of industrial plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.
7.2.2 Scope of the Study

The scope of study is to carry out risk assessment for the proposed expansion project covering all the
hazardous chemicals to be handled and stored at the plant.
7.2.3 Objectives of Risk Assessment

Risk assessment is carried out for the following objectives:
 To identify various hazards in the plants, processes, storages and utility area of the unit.
 Assessing the various risks involved.
 To consider the consequential impact on nearby areas, population, etc. in case of any accidental
emergency situation arising from the factory premises.
 To evaluate and quantify the available measures and resources for containing any eventuality.
 To study and suggest safety and control measure.
7.2.4 Tools and Software

The consequence analysis for the modeled scenarios has been done using DNV‘s software PHAST Version 6.7
(Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool) which allows assessment of situations which present potential hazards
to life, property and the environment, and to quantify their severity. PHAST examines the progress of a
potential incident from the initial release to far-field dispersion including modeling of pool spreading and
evaporation, and flammable and toxic effects.
PHAST Professionals sophisticated modeling calculates distances effect produced by hazardous events. With
this information, you can evaluate the need for mitigating measures such as changes in design, operation or
response. PHAST software can be used to model a proposed facility or operational change to ease the selection
of the most effective solutions. With PHAST Professional, you can define special events, model the change in a
leak over time, and investigate the details of behavior with special stand-alone models and much, much more.
PHAST is integrated into safety and meets regulatory requirements. It uses unified dispersion modeling to
calculate the results of the release of material into atmosphere
The salient features of this package:
It gives the consequence results in terms of – Flammable, Toxic and Explosion effects.
1. Flammable parameters covered under this package is-
 Defines the LEL and UEL zone
 Jet fire and pool fire scenario along with their respective effect zones (risk contour).
 Flash fire and fire ball envelope
2. Toxic parameters-
 Cloud concentration at user defined time as well as location
 Categorize the toxic results in terms of ERPG, IDLH and STEL values.
 Summarize results in terms of equivalent toxic dose along with effect zones.
3. Explosion parameters-
 Categorize the explosion effects in terms of overpressures levels along with distance covered.
 BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion)
7.2.5 Methodology
The methodology includes,
 Data collection
 Data Analysis
 Hazard identification,
 Selection of potential loss scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model on DNV‘s PHAST, Version 6.7
 Plotting the damage contour on site map
CH 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
115
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.2.6 Details of Storage

M/s. Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals will engage in handling and storage of flammable & toxic hazardous chemicals. Storage details of these hazardous
chemicals are mentioned in the Table No. 7.1.
Table No. 7.1 – Storage details of products & raw materials
Storage Storage
Sr. Means of Storage Storage Storage
Name of Chemical State Pressure Temperature
No. (Tank/Drum/Bag) quantity Capacity O
(atm) ( C)
1. Reactive Blue MR Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
2. Reactive Yellow M4R Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
3. Acid Blue 25 Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
4. Acid Yellow GL Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
5. Acid Black – 1 Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
6. Acid Orange – RL Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
7. Acid Brown 2RL Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
8. Basic Violet – 1 Liquid Drum 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
9. APMS (2 – Amino Phenyl Hydroxy Methyl Sulfone) Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
10. 1 – Amino – 4 Bromo Anthraquinone – 2 Sulfamic Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
11. Acid Yellow 2GLN Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 300 Kg Atmospheric Ambient
12. Meta Phenyle Diamine Sulfonic Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
13. Bromamine Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
14. Soda Ash Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
15. Cynuric Chloride Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
16. Salt Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
17. Sulpho Tobias Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
18. Hydrochloric Acid Liquid Drum 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
19. Sodium Nitrite Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
Storage Storage
(atm) ( C)
20. N-Methyl J-Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
21. Aniline Liquid HDPE Carboy 200 L 200 L Atmospheric Ambient
22. Amino Benzoic Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
23. Meta Chloro Phenyl Methyl Pyrazolone Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
24. 4 Nitro Amino Phenol Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
25. Beta Nephthol Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
26. Amino Phenol Methyl Sulfon And/ or 4 – NAP Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
27. Amino-7-Napthol Chloro Formete Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
28. Acetic Acid Liquid HDPE Carboy 200 L 200 L Atmospheric Ambient
29. Methane Base Powder HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
30. Mono Methyl Aniline Liquid HDPE Carboy/Drum 200 L 200 L Atmospheric Ambient
31. Chloranil Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
32. Oxygen Gas Cylinder 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
33. Di Methyl Aniline Liquid HDPE Carboy 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
34. Para Chloro Nitrobenzene sulfuric acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
35. Mono choloro Acetic Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
36. Sodium Hydrosulfide Liquid HDPE Carboy 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
37. Sodium Bisulfite Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
38. Ortho Dichloro Benzene Liquid HDPE Carboy 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
39. 1 – Amino Anthraquinone Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
40. Chlorosulfonic Acid Liquid MS Tank/Glass Line 200 L 10 MT Atmospheric Ambient
41. Sodium Bromate Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
42. Sodium Bromide Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
43. Anthranilic Acid Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
117
NAVDURGA DYES &
Storage Storage
(atm) ( C)
44. Sodium Acetate Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
45. Phenyl Methyl Pyrazolone Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
46. Formic Acid Liquid Drum 200 L 5 KL Atmospheric Ambient
47. BCS (16% Cr) Solid HDPE Bag 25/50 kg 500 kg Atmospheric Ambient
7.2.7 Physico-Chemical properties of chemicals handle in the plant
Physico-Chemical properties of these hazardous chemicals are mentioned in the Table No. 7.2.
Table No. 7.2 – Physico – Chemical properties of the Chemicals
Main Properties
Sr. Physical
Name of Chemical Hazardous Boiling Flash LEL & Vapour
No. State TLV LD50 LC50 Odor
Involved Point Point UEL% Presuure
Acute toxicity
> 200 Acute oral
Inhalation
Non - 190 °C - °C - 0.6 hPa at toxicity (LD50):
1. Cynuric Chloride Solid NA NA (LC50): 150 NA
Flammable lit. closed 20 °C 315 mg/kg
mg/l 4 hours
cup [Rat male];
[Rat male]
Acute toxicity
Acute oral of the dust
Non - toxicity (LD50): (LC50): 1200
2. Soda Ash Solid NA NA NA NA NAP 3 Odorless
Flammable 4090 mg/kg mg/m
[Rat]; 2 hours
[Mouse].
Oral LD50: >
3. Sulpho Tobias Acid Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA 10 gm/kg; NA NA
(Mouse)
Acute toxicity
Acute toxicity
of the vapor Pungent.
Non- 108.58 16 kPa (at Oral (LD50):
4. Hydrochloric Acid Liquid NAP NA NA (LC50): 1108 Irritating
flammable °C 20°C) 900 mg/kg
ppm 1 hours (Strong)
[Rabbit];
[Mouse]
Acute toxicity
271°C at Oral (LD50):
5. Sodium Nitrite Solid Flammble 320 °C NA NA NA NA NA
25 °C 157.9 mg/kg
[Rat]
119
NAVDURGA DYES &
Main Properties
Sr. Physical
Acute toxicity
Oral (LD50): Acute toxicity
Lower:1.3 0.5 250 mg/kg Inhalation
181 - 7.6 Rotten
6. Aniline Liquid NA 76 °C % Upper: 3 mmHg at [Rat]; Dermal (LC50): 248
185 °C mg/m egg
11 % 20°C (LD50): 820 ppm 4 hours
mg/kg [Mouse]
[Rabbit]
2 < 0.1 hPa
7. Caustic Lye Liquid NA 1388 °C NAP NA 3 NA NA Odourless
mg/m (20°C)
Acute toxicity
4 Nitro Amino Oral (LD50):
8. Solid NA NA 100 °C NA NA negligible NA NA
Phenol 2400 mg/kg
[Rat]
Acute toxicity
Oral (LD50):
153 °C - 10 mmHg 1960 mg/kg
285 -
9. Beta Nephthol Solid NA closed NA NA at 145.5 [Rat]; Dermal NA NA
286 °C
cup °C (LD50): >
10,000 mg/kg
[Rabbit]
Acute toxicity
Oral (LD50): Acute toxicity
Lower:
3310 mg/kg Inhalation
117 - 4% 25 55 mmHg Pungent
10. Acetic Acid Liquid NA NA 3 [Rat]; Dermal (LC50): 11.4
118 °C Upper: mg/m at 50 °C vinegar
(LD50): 1112 mg/l 4 hours
19.9 %
mg/kg [Rat]
[Rabbit];
Main Properties
Sr. Physical
Extremely
flammable Lower:
Closed
in the - 5%
11. Methane Base Powder cup: - NA NA NA NA Odorless
presence 161.48°C Upper:
104°C
of open 14 %
flames
Acute toxicity
0.4 mbar Oral (LD50):
12. Mono Methyl Aniline Liquid NA 195 °C 86 °C NA NA NA NA
at 20 °C 360 mg/kg
[Rat]
Acute toxicity
Acute toxicity Inhalation
13. Chloranil Solid NA Sublimes NAP NA NA Negligible Oral (LD50): 4 (LC50): 2485 NA
3
gm/kg [Rat]; mg/m 4
hours [Rat]
NAP for
Non gases
14. Oxygen Gas -183 °C NA NA NA NA NA NA
flammable and gas
mixtures
Lower: Acute toxicity
193 - 1.2 % 0.53 mbar Oral (LD50): Amine-
15. Di Methyl Aniline Liquid Toxic 63 °C NA NA
194 °C Upper: 7 at 20 °C 951 mg/kg like - fish
% [Rat]
Oral (LD50): Oral (LD50):
55 mg/kg 55 mg/kg
Mono choloro Acetic Lower: 8 0.22 mbar [Rat]; [Rat];
16. Solid NA 189 °C 126 °C NA NA
Acid % @ 20 C Inhalation Inhalation
(LC50): 180 (LC50): 180
3 3
mg/m mg/m
121
NAVDURGA DYES &
Main Properties
Sr. Physical
Rotten
17. Sodium Hydrosulfide Liquid NA NA 90 °C NA NA NA NA NA
egg
Acute toxicity
5 Sulfurous
18. Sodium Bisulfite Solid NA NAP NA NA NA Oral (LD50): 2 NA
mg/m3 odor
gm/kg [Rat]
Acute toxicity
Acute toxicity
Lower: Oral (LD50):
1.15 Inhalation
Ortho Dichloro 179 - 2.20 % 1516 mg/kg
19. Liquid NA 67°C NA mmHg at (LC50): 14,04 NA
Benzene 180°C Upper: [Rat]; Dermal
20 °C mg/l 4 hours
12 % (LD50): >10
[Rat]
g/kg [Rabbit];
Acute toxicity
Lower:
Inhalation
151 - 3.30 %
20. Chlorosulfonic Acid Liquid NAP NA NA NA NA (LC50): 0.0385 NA
152°C Upper:
mg/L 4 h
37.70 %
[Rat]
Acute toxicity
Oral (LD50):
4200 mg/kg
10
21. Sodium Bromide Solid NA 1390°C NA NA 3 NA [Rat]; Dermal NA Odorless
mg/m
(LD50): > 2000
mg/kg
[Rabbit]
Main Properties
Sr. Physical
Acute toxicity
Oral
(LD50):1400
mg/kg
22. Anthranilic Acid Solid NA Sublimes 150°C NA NA NA NA NA
[Mouse];
Dermal (LD50):
5410 mg/kg
[Rat]
Acute toxicity
Phenyl Methyl Oral (LD50):
23. Solid NA 287°C NA NA NA NA NA NA
Pyrazolone 1683 mg/kg
[Mouse]
Acute toxicity
Acute toxicity
Lower: 10 Inhalation
44 mbar Oral (LD50):
24. Formic Acid Liquid Toxic 101 °C 50 °C % Upper: NA (LC50): 15 pungent
at 20°C 730 mg/kg 3
45 % g/m 15
[Rat];
min[Rat]
123
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 7.3 – Scenario Selected for simulation of hazardous chemicals stored
Sr. Full name of the Maximum Consequences

Hazard involved Capacity (KL) Types of Failure Possible
No. Raw Material Operating Pressure Considered
5 mm dia hole leak in drum

Atmospheric (1.0 Late Pool Fire and
1. Dimethyl Aniline Toxic 5 KL 2 Catastrophic Rupture of
kg/cm ) Toxic Dose
storagedrum
Consider above all, Qualitative and Quantitative risk assessment study has been carried out and presented in following section.
7.3 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT
Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipments cannot be addressed completely
by Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been considered separately
under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in operation of equipments as well as in
processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed by it and finally to propose remedial
actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is minimized to tolerable level.
In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analyzed using methodology called HIRA-Hazards
Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities carried out by plant personnel as well
as contract labors have been considered.
For the following areas, Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out to identify the risk, ranking
them as per their severity & probability, identifying mitigation measures.
1. Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals
2. Storage & Handling of Toxic Chemicals
3. Storage & Handling of Corrosive Chemicals
Risk involved in various processes / process equipment cannot be addressed completely by

consequence analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been considered separately under
this topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in operation of equipment as well as in
processes, assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed by it and finally to propose remedial
actions/mitigation measures such that the risk is minimized to tolerable level. The Risk Matrix presented
below should be referred in evaluating this assessment.
Table No. 7.4 – Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment
SEVERITY
Catastrophic Major/Critical Moderate (Less Minor/ Marginal Insignificant/
LIKEHOOD/
(Death/System (Serious Serious Injury/ (Minor Negligible (No
PROBABILITY
Loss) injury/Illness) Illness) Injury/Illness) injury/ illness)
1 2 3 4 5
Almost Certain E H H H M M
Likely D H H M M L
Possible C H M M M L
Unlikely B M M M L L
Impossible A M M L L L
125
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 7.5 – Risk Range & Acceptability Criteria
Risk Range Risk Acceptability Criteria Remarks

Management‘s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-site
H Unacceptable / High
Impact.
Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management‘s
M Medium
Review. Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.
Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine
L Low
Procedure.
7.3.1 Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals
Table No. 7.6 – Risks and Recommendations for Solid Chemicals
Initial Risk Residual Risk

Process Health &
Likelihood
Likelihood
Sr. Associated
Severity
Severity
or Safety Impact Mitigation Measures
Risk
Risk
No. Hazards
Activity (Risk)
Handling  Chemical  Skin/ Eye/ 4 C M  Operators/Workers is being/will be trained for Safe Work Practices. 2 B L
Chemical Exposure gastro-  Chemical handling bag is being/will be labeled properly.
bags and intestinal or  Chemical is being/will be stored in an isolated storage rooms having
drums respiratory provision for natural & forced ventilation.
1.
tract  Certified Dust respirator is being/will be used.
irritation.  Approved/certified vapor and dust respirator is being/will be provided.
 Use of suitable protective clothing like Synthetic apron, splash goggles,
hand gloves, boots.
Cleaning  Dust  Severe 3 C M  Do not let products enter in to drains. 1 B L
of formation. irritation to  Use of Suitable protective clothing, gloves, boots and approved
Chemical  Vapor, eyes, skin respiratory PPE‗s will be ensured.
Spillage. mist or gas dermatitis.  Spillage is being/will be cleaned or neutralized with suitable media.
2.
formation.  Respiratory  Cleaning activities is being/will be carried out under strict vigilance.
 Splashing irritation or
lung
damage.
127
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.3.2 Storage and Handling of Toxic Chemicals

Table No. 7.7 – Risks and Recommendations for Toxic Chemicals

Process
Likelihood
Likelihood
Sr. Associated Health & Safety
Severity
Severity
Or Mitigation Measures
Risk
Risk
No. Hazards Impact (Risk)
Activity
Chemical  Exposure to  Blistering of skin, 4 C M  SOPs are being/will be prepared and same will be followed. 2 B L
handling / vapours Skin burn.  Containers are being/will be stored in well-ventilated area and
Loading & (due to  Eye and skin away from all possible sources of ignition.
Unloading leakage irritation and  Eye wash station and Safety Shower is/will be installed in nearby
from joints, respiratory location of storage facility.
corroded disorder.  Employee is being/will be provided with protective equipment
lines failure like aprons (full suit), vapour respirator, gloves, boots and splash
etc.). goggles.
1.  Handling trainings is being/will be provided to the operators/
workers periodically.
 Spill control procedure is being/will be made available at storage
facility.
 Provided an automatic leak detection system.
 In case of Skin Contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of
water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated
clothing and shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient.
Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.
Working in  Exposure to  Severe burns, 4 C M  Use of provided PPE‗s is being/will be ensured by Safety officer/ 2 B L
Storage vapours corneal damage, Plant In-charge.
2. Area due to possible  Eye wash station or Safety shower is being/will be installed in
spillage. irreversible eye storage area.
damage etc.  Display of Safety warning postures/signs inside the area, also
Process
Likelihood
Likelihood
Sr. Associated Health & Safety
Severity
Severity
Or Mitigation Measures
Risk
Risk
No. Hazards Impact (Risk)
Activity
 Inflammation of stored in light-resistant containers.

the eye  Will be kept away from oxidizing materials, heat, sparks, and
(redness, watering, flame.
and itching).  Full-face respirator with multi- purpose combination (US) or type
ABEK (EN 14387)
 Respirator cartridges as a backup is being/will be provided.
 Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-
ventilated area.
 During spillage do not get water inside container. Do not touch
spilled material. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry
into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed.
Eliminate all ignition sources.
Drum  Chemical  Irritation of upper 5 C H  Level indicator is being/will be installed and the same shall be 2 B L
overflow Exposure respiratory area checked for its proper operation.
with coughing  Periodic inspection is being/will be carried for all the related
burns, breathing accessories of level indicator.
difficulty, and  Water spray curtain is being/will be provided at storage area to
3.
possible coma. divert vapor drift.
 Skin burns,  Approved respiratory equipments is being/will be made available.
wrinkled
discoloration.
 Fatality
129
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.3.3 Storage and Handling of Corrosive chemicals

Table No. 7.8 – Risks and Recommendations for Corrosive chemicals
Likelihood
Likelihood
Sr. Process Or Associated Health & Safety
Severity
Severity
Mitigation Measures
Risk
Risk
No. Activity Hazards Impact (Risk)
1. Loading &  Exposure to  Skin/Eye 4 C M  Loading & Unloading activity is being/will be carried out in well- 2 B L
Unloading acid fumes irritation. ventilated area under proper supervision.
(due to  Lung irritation  Training for lifting and chemical transporting technique from one
leakage in due to vapor location to another location is being/will be provided periodically.
pipe/ inhalation.  Periodic inspection of flanges/ferrule joints is being/will be carried
container/ out.
valves etc.).  Neutralization media is being/will be kept available in areas where
 Spillage. acids are stored/handled/used.
 PPEs like chemical safety goggles or full face shield, Rubber or
neoprene gloves and additional protection including impervious
boots, apron will be used.
 National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health an approved
respirator is being/will be used.
 Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool,
well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until
ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).
2. Working in  Exposure to  Severe irritation 3 C M  Acid proof floorings is being/will be constructed. 2 B L
Storage acid fumes. to eyes, skin.  Storage area is being/will be well ventilated.
Area.  Body burns.  NIOSH approved respirators shall be used.
 PPEs like chemical safety goggles or full face shield, Rubber or
neoprene gloves and additional protection including impervious
Likelihood
Likelihood
Sr. Process Or Associated Health & Safety
Severity
Severity
Mitigation Measures
Risk
Risk
No. Activity Hazards Impact (Risk)
boots, apron is being/will be used.

 Keep away from source of ignition, smoking to be prohibited.
 Eye wash stations & Safety shower is being/will be installed in near
vicinity.
 Only trained personnel is being/will be allowed to work in this area.
3. Leakage  Exposure to  Severe irritation 3 B M  Level indicator is being/will be provided and the same shall be 2 B L
from joints chemical to eyes, skin. checked for its proper operation.
etc. fumes.  Irritation of  Dyke wall is being/will be provided.
upper  Periodic inspection is being/will be carried for all the related
respiratory tract accessories of level indicator.
with coughing,  Other measures remaining are same as above.
burns,
breathing
difficulty, and
possible coma.
131
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.4 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identifying and understanding the risks
associated with Storage and Handling of flammable/toxic chemicals. The assessment starts by taking
into account an inventory of hazardous chemicals stored, likelihood of leakage/spillage associated with
it and selecting the worst case scenario for consequence estimation.
Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize or mitigate risks to meet appropriate acceptability criteria.
The planning for emergency evacuation has borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.
7.4.1 Consequence Analysis

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and handling of
hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, it may
cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds. Blast overpressures depend upon the reactivity
class of material between two explosive limits.
In consequence analysis studies, in principal three types of exposure to hazardous effects are
distinguished:
 Heat radiation, from jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE
 Explosion
 Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.
The chosen damage criteria are given and explained as per the Guidelines for QRA – PHAST Software,
version 6.7 (DNV) & Purple Book for QRA released by Centre for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS).
Consequences of Heat Radiation
The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

2
 The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m ];
 The exposure duration [sec];
 The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).
The effect is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of burn. The
consequence effects studied to assess the impact of the events on the receptors are provided in Table
No. 7.9.
Table No. 7.9 – Damage due to Radiation Intensity
Radiation
2 Damage to Equipment Damage to People
(kW/m )
1.2 Solar heat at noon -
1.6 - Minimum level of pain threshold
2.0 PVC insulated cable damage
4.0 - Causes pain if duration is longer than
Radiation
2 Damage to Equipment Damage to People
(kW/m )
20 sec. But blistering is unlikely.
Pain threshold reached after 8 sec.
6.4 -
Second degree burns after 20 sec.
Minimum energy to ignite wood with a 1% lethality in one minute. First
12.5
flame; melts plastic tubing. degree burns in 10 sec.
16.0 - Severe burns after 5 sec.
Minimum energy to ignite wood at 100% lethality in 1 min.
25.0
identifying long exposure without a flame. Significant injury in 10 sec.
100% lethality in 1 min.
37.5 Severe damage to plant 50% lethality in 20 sec.
1% lethality in 10 sec.
Consequences of Explosion
In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:
 A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;
 A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.
As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper.
The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting
from a blast wave.
The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity
involved and the degree of confinement of the vapor cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion
therefore vary between a slight over-pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). The pressure of the
shock wave decreases rapidly with the increase in distance from the source of the explosion. Details of
Type of Damage and Peak overpressure are provided in Table No. 7.10
Table No. 7.10 – Overpressure Damage
Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.01 bar Minor Damage
0.02 bar Glass Damage
0.13 bar Minor Structural Damage to nearby structures
10% probability of fatality to personnel inside
0% probability of fatality in the open
0.21 bar Structural Damage to buildings
20% probability of fatality to personnel inside
0% probability of fatality in the open
0.40 bar Ear Drum Rupture to humans
50 % probability of fatality inside
15% probability of fatality in open
Source: CCPS Consequence analysis of chemical release
133
NAVDURGA DYES &
Consequences of Toxic Release
The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the
concentration of the toxic substance. Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects
while long term exposures to low concentrations result in Chronic Effects. Only acute effects are
considered under hazard analysis. Since they are likely credible scenarios. These effects are:
 Irritation (respiratory system skin, eyes)
 Narcosis (nervous system)
 Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency)
 System damage (blood organs)
Following are some of the common terms used to express toxicity of materials.
 Threshold Limit Value (TLV): it is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a
weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs. for 5 days in a week)
 Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): It is the permitted short term exposure limit usually for a 15
minutes exposure.
 Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of a
chemical from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes
without a respirator and without experiencing any escape/impairing (eg. Severe irritation) or
irreversible health effects.
 Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other than
LC50, which has been reported to cause a death in human or animals.
 Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which
humans or animals have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic
effects in humans or produced carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or teratogenic effect in humans or

animals.
 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines 1 (ERPG1): The maximum airborne concentration
below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour (without
a respirator) without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or without
perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odor.
below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without
experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms that could
impair their abilities to take protective action.

below which it is believed nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without
experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects.
Event Classification and Modes of Failure
Hazards that can lead to accidents in operations are discussed in this section. Important hazardous
events classification is provided in Table 7.11.
Table No. 7.11 – Event Classification
Type of Event Explanation

Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapor Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of
BLEVE refrigerated or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed
by early ignition of the same, typically leading to a fire ball
Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and
Deflagration
initiation of the reaction at lower energy levels
A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in
Detonation
the unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material
Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave
Fire Fire
Fireball The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before
forming a flammable/explosive mixture.
Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire
A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the
Jet Fire released gas ignites immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure
and the diameter of the hole or opening flow rate.
Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing
Pool Fire
hydrocarbon fuel where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum
‗Loss of containment‘. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit‘s own
Spill Release
equipment / tanks causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire
Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of
Structural Damage
structural support and direct structural failures
Vapor Cloud Explosion resulting from vapor clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing
Explosion liquids and gases
7.4.2 Assumptions for Consequence Analysis

For Consequence Analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability Classes, Wind
velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground Roughness, Model used etc. are
very important. In this report, the following assumptions have been considered.
135
NAVDURGA DYES &
Meteorological
Atmospheric stability plays an important role in the dispersion of the chemicals. ―Stability means, its
ability to suppress existing turbulence or to resist vertical motion‖.
Variations in thermal and mechanical turbulence and in wind speed are greatest in the atmospheric
layer in contact with the surface. The air temperature has influenced these turbulences greatly and air
temperature decreases with the height. The rate at which the temperature of air decreases with height is
called Environment Lapse Rate (ELR). It will vary from time to time and from place to place. The
atmosphere is said to be stable, neutral or unstable according to ELR less than, equal to or greater than
Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which is a constant value of 0.98ºC per 100 meters. Weather
conditions selected for consequence analysis are provided in Table no. 7.12.
Table No. 7.12 – Weather Condition Selected
Weather Condition
Time Remarks Temperature Wind speed Stability
o
( C) (m/s) Class
Day Time Prevalent during the day, most times of the year 32 1.5 D
Night Time Prevalent during the night, most times of the year 23 1.5 E
Monsoon Period Prevalent during the monsoon months 25 4.0 D
Pasquil Stability Classes
Pasquill has defined Six (6) stability classes:
 A - Extremely unstable
 B - Moderately unstable
 C - Slightly unstable
 D - Neutral
 E - Slightly stable
 F - Moderately stable
Three prime factors that defines Stability
 Solar radiation
 Night-time sky over
 Surface wind
When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid dispersion of
vapors will occur. Under these conditions, air concentrations will be moderate or low and the material
will be dispersed rapidly. When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material
will be limited and air concentration will be high.
7.4.3 Consequences Analysis
The consequences of the release of Hazardous substances by failures or catastrophes and the damage
to the surrounding area can be determined by means of models. Models help to calculate the physical
effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances and to translate the physical effects in terms
of injuries and damage to exposed population and environment. To assess the damage level caused by
the various accidental events, it is essential to firm up the damage criteria with respect to different types
of accidents e.g. thermal radiation, explosion overpressure etc.
Consequence analysis involves the application of mathematical, analytical and computer models for
calculation of effects and damages subsequent to a chemical release accident. Consequence models are
used to predict the physical behavior of the hazardous incidents. The techniques used to model the
consequences of chemical and other hazardous material releases cover the following:
 Modeling of discharge rates when holes develop in process equipment/pipe work/pipeline.
 Modeling of the size and shape of flammable and toxic gas clouds from releases in the
atmosphere
 Modeling of the flame and radiation field of the releases that are ignited and burn as jet fire,
pool fire, flash fire and BLEVE/ Fire ball.
 Modeling of the explosion fields of releases, which are ignited away from the point of release
The information normally required for consequence analysis includes meteorological conditions, failure
data of equipment and components, ignition sources, population characteristics within and outside the
plant, acceptable levels of risk etc.
About the software – PHAST, Version 6.7
The consequence analysis for the modeled scenarios has been done using DNV‘s software PHAST
(Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool) which allows assessment of situations which present potential
hazards to life, property and the environment, and to quantify their severity. PHAST examines the
progress of a potential incident from the initial release to far-field dispersion including modeling of
pool spreading and evaporation, and flammable and toxic effects. It is recommended for use by the
Ministry of Environment & Forests per its EIA Guidelines, dated January 2001.
PHAST Professionals sophisticated modeling calculates distances effect produced by hazardous events.
With this information, you can evaluate the need for mitigating measures such as changes in design,
operation or response. PHAST software can be used to model a proposed facility or operational change
to ease the selection of the most effective solutions. With PHAST Professional, you can define special
events, model the change in a leak over time, and investigate the details of behavior with special stand-
alone models and much, much more.
PHAST is integrated into safety and meets regulatory requirements. It uses unified dispersion modeling
to calculate the results of the release of material into atmosphere
The salient features of this package:
1. It gives the consequence results in terms of – Flammable, Toxic and Explosion effects.
2. Flammable parameters covered under this package is-
137
NAVDURGA DYES &
 Defines the LEL and UEL zone
 Jet fire and pool fire scenario along with their respective effect zones (risk contour).
 Flash fire and fire ball envelope
3. Toxic parameters-
 Cloud concentration at user defined time as well as location
 Categorize the toxic results in terms of ERPG, IDLH and STEL values.
 Summarize results in terms of equivalent toxic dose along with effect zones.
4. Explosion parameters-
 Categorize the explosion effects in terms of overpressures levels along with distance covered.
 BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion)
Assumption
For consequence analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability Classes, Wind
velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground Roughness, Model used etc. are
very important. In this report, the following assumptions have been considered.
1. Meteorological conditions
 Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion
 Ambient Temperature: 32°C has been considered as MCA approach.
 Relative Humidity: 60% has been considered.
2. Pasquil Stability Classes

 Pasquil Stability category D/E is considered as conservative approach.
3. Other assumptions
 Ground Roughness: Ground Roughness has been considered as 0.3 M.
 Dispersion model of both Heavy Model and also Gaussian distribution have been used as
applicable/appropriate.
 Inventory: Release of 100% of the inventory will be considered. For this, failure ofthe container
has been considered from the bottom.
 Storage conditions: Storage conditions will be considered as they are practically stored at site.
Input data for software (modeling)
For consequence analysis, input data considered are as below:
1. Volume inventory (Quantity of material)

2. Scenario
 Leak
 Catastrophic rupture
3. Leak size
 5 mm hole
4. Storage conditions
 Pressure
 Temperature
5. Weather condition
 Wind speed
 Pasqual stability
 Atmospheric temperature
 Relative humidity
MCAS Development Techniques
As a first step towards risk assessment is to identify the possible release scenarios based on available
information about scenario development for Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios (MCAS).
139
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.4.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours

Unit will use variety of chemicals in liquid & solid form and they will be stored in raw material storage
area. The locations of storage of various chemicals have been marked on layout map shown in Figure
No. 7.1.
Figure No. 7.1 – Location of Storage of Various Chemicals

7.4.5 Flammable Chemical Release Scenarios
Dimethyl Aniline
Radiation level effect distance and overpressure effect distance due to the release of Dimethyl Aniline
are presented below:
Table No. 7.13 – Radiation effect distance due to release of Dimethyl Aniline
Effective Distance in
Name of Failure Met meter to Toxic Level
Consequence
Chemical Scenario Data
IDLH (100 ppm)
1.5/D 3.65
5 mm leak 1.5/E 3.64
Late Pool Fire 4/D 3.64
Dimethyl Aniline and Toxic
Dose 1.5/D 3.66
Catastrophic
1.5/E 3.65
Rupture
4/D 3.65
The contours for effect distance generated due the release of Dimethyl Aniline is presented below;
141
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 7.2 – Late Pool Fire and Toxic Dose due to 5 mm leak in storage drum at weather
condition 1.5/D.
Figure No. 7.3 – Catastrophic Late Pool Fire and Toxic Dose due to leak in storage drum at
weather condition 1.5/D
143
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 7.14 – Results of Consequence Analysis
Sr. Effect Distance in Meters at Weather condition

Chemical Scenario
No. Met Data IDLH Concentration
5 mm Leak 1.5/D 3.65
1. DimethylAniline
Catastrophic Rupture 1.5/D 3.66
 The effect of Late Pool Fire and Toxic Dose due to 5 mm leak and Catastrophic Rupture are inside project
site.
7.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS

7.5.1 Arrangements for ensuring health & safety of workers engaged in handling of hazardous
materials
Following Mitigation Measures will be followed /practiced during transportation, unloading and handling of
flammable chemicals, in order to ensure health & safety of workers involved in handling hazardous chemicals
and avoid the human health impacts.
Table No. 7.15 – Control Measures to Reduce the Risk of Fire and Explosion
Sr.
Activity Safety Precautions
No.
1. Transportation of  Training is being/will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe
Chemicals by driving, hazards of chemicals, emergency handling, and use of SCBA sets.
road tanker  TREM card is being/will be kept at the time of TL.
/truck.  SCBA set is being/will be kept at the time of TL.
 Fire extinguishers are being/will be kept at the time of TL.
 Instructions are being/will give not to stop tanker/truck in populated area.
 Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number are displayed as
per HAZCHEM CODE.
 Appropriate PPEs will be kept with TL.
 In case of leak or spill: Source of leakage will be checked.
 Damaged containers or spilled material will not attend without wearing
appropriate protective clothing.
 Leak is being/will be stopped, if possible to do so without risk.
 Water spray is being/will be used to reduce vapors (but do not put water directly
on leak, spill area or inside container).
 Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) will keep away from spilled material.
2. Unloading of
 Priority will give to Tanker/truck to immediately enter the storage premises at
Chemicals from site and shall not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.
tanker/truck.  Security person checks License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; SCBA
set condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down.
Following precautions are taken during unloading:
 Wheel stopper will be provided during TL at platform.
 Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check list and
implemented strictly.
 Flexible SS hose connection will done at TL outlet line.
Sr.
Activity Safety Precautions
No.
 Static earthing provision is/will be made for tanker unloading.
 Only day time unloading will be permitted.
3. Drum Storage  Drum is being/will be stored at designated location or secured in a safety
and Handling storage cabinet.
 Approved methods of equipping a drum and dispensing liquids from it is
being/will be followed.
 Drums, carboys and related accessories is being/will be inspected on regular
basis for maintenance purpose.
 All the vessels and equipment‗s is being/will be earthed properly and protected
against static electricity. Also, proper earthing facilities shall be provided for
drums.
 Materials are being/will be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by
vacuum, from drums.
 Drum for flammable liquid is being/will proper closures that can withstand the
expected handling conditions without leaking.
 Drum will be inspected at regular intervals.
 All storage areas is being/will be isolated from all sources of open flame and well
posted with 'NO SMOKING' signs and provided with adequate fire
fighting/extinguishing systems.
 Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) is being/will be keep away from spilled
material.
 Dyke wall of sufficient capacity (i.e. 10% extra) is being/will be available around
the storage tanks.
4. During Process  Process parameters control is being/will be provided vide Standard Operating
Procedures.
 All reaction vents is being/will be connected to either vapor condensers system
or gaseous scrubber system.
 Trained person is being/will be engaged for handling of hazardous materials.
 Proper safety precautions is being/will be taken during handling of hazardous
materials.
 Further all the vessels is being/will be examined periodically by a recognized
competent person.
 All the vessels and equipments is being/will be well earthed and well protected
against Static Electricity. Also for draining in drums, proper earthing facilities
should be provided.
 Reaction column pressure and temperature data should be regularly monitored
and assessment of properties of flammable chemicals should be evaluated
periodically to avoid fire/explosion scenarios.
 Temperature indicators is being/will be provided near all reactors.
 Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & updation in safety and
emergency preparedness plan must be displayed and conducted.
 Total reaction is being/will be carried out in closed jacketed vessel having
cooling water supply to control temperature in case of run-away reaction.
 Emergency reactor shutdown system is being/will be implemented
145
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.5.2 Measures for Fugitive Emission Control

Control Techniques for Fugitive Emissions are in the following order:
1) First preference: Engineering Controls
2) Second preference: Administrative/Management Controls
3) Last resort: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Fugitive Emissions occurs or may occur during:
1) Charging of Raw Materials.
2) Leakage from Flanges, joints etc
3) Tanker loading & unloading
Mitigation Measures
 Regular monitoring of plant area is being/will be conducted and records will be maintained. At strategic
point of the plants, online detectors will be provided for detection of such emissions.
 Lines of such hazardous chemicals is being/will be tested periodically and such tests will be recorded.
 All lines carrying toxic liquid is being/will be continuous welded and provided with proper slopes,
special tongue and groove joints to avoid liquid stagnation and leakage.
 In the process area, all the strategic pumps is being/will be of submerged type so as to eliminate
leakages from glands.
 Safe Operating Procedures and EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES is being/will be followed strictly.
 Concerned personnel is being/will be trained about the safe working practices.
 Dyke wall is being/will be provided to storage tanks.
 Level transmitter is being/will be also available with low level/high level auto cut-off provision.
 Adequate and relevant PPEs is being/will be available.
7.5.3 Ways to Minimize the Manual Handling of the Hazardous Chemicals

 Forklifts is being/will be used for unloading chemical bags, bags movements within plant, drums etc.
 Lifting tools & tackles is being/will be used, wherever required.
 SOPs, work instruction is being/will be prepared and followed.

 Training is being/will be provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk associated with
manual handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome those risk, etc.
7.5.4 Fire Control Plan

M/s. Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals is being/will be considered fire prevention measures at the project planning
stage to avoid any outbreak of fire. But the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to
tackle such a situation, company will be planned to develop a well-resourced and adequate fire protection
system/fire fighting network.
Unit will be provided various types of fire extinguishers inside the factory premises which are mentioned in
below Table No. 7.16.
 Unit will be provided one underground fire water storage tank of capacity 1,50,000 Lit.
 Unit will be provided fire detection & alarm system at key location.
Table No. 7.16 – Type of Fire provided within premises
Sr. Type of Extinguisher Capacity Quantity

Class of fire
No. provided (kg) (Nos.)
1. A Water 6 19
2. B Carbon dioxide 4.5 12
Dry chemical powder 8 12
3. E Carbon dioxide 4.5 15
There is one fire station in Ankleshwar GIDC at a distance of approx. 2.5 km from project site. The time taken by
fire tender to reach the site is about 3 to 5 minutes.
Other details on Fire Control Plan:
 Other Fire fighting facilities like, fire monitor, foam trolley, fire hose boxes with hose pipe, sand buckets,
fire blanket, etc. have been provided within the company at conspicuous locations.
 Working staff is being/will be give training to operate extinguishers.
 The Fire Hydrant Network is being/will be installed.
 Emergency Action Team members is being/will be working round the clock in all shifts.
 First aider is being/will be available round the clock in all shifts of all plants / sections.
 Rescue kits with SCBA (Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus) sets will be available at site to treat with
any kind of chemical emergencies.
 Volume level indication with alarm and trips for high level is being/will be provided for vessels
containing flammable materials.
147
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.5.5 Recommendations to Mitigate Reaction Hazards

 A comprehensive HAZOP Study for all the stages of Batch process to be conducted and SOPs to be
made considering this findings and recommendations of HAZOP Study.
 Only trained persons to be engaged in reaction processes like charging of raw material, loading &
unloading of chemicals and operation of reactor, etc.
 Adequate open space to be kept around the periphery of reactor for the ease of operation.
 Adequate fire fighting facilities to be installed.
 All the electrical fittings in the factory to be made of flame proof type.
7.5.6 Antidotes Details

Appropriate Antidotes, First Aid Measures & Medical treatment for major hazardous chemicals shall be kept
available at site. Some of them are given as below Table 7.17:
Table No. 7.17 – Details of Antidotes
Chemical Antidote / Medical Treatment

Poisoning due to Acids can be treated by following steps:
 Use alkalis, 4% solution of Sodium hydro carbonate, oil, stimulants, large
draughts of lime water or milk with whiting, baking soda or milk of
Acids
magnesia;
 Strong soap suds to neutralize acid; olive oil; these to be followed by
demulcent drinks.
7.5.7 Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) program

 SOPs will be prepared for effective implementation and provision of leak detection & repair program.
 Training will be provided to the persons involved in preparation of LDAR program. Internal as well as
external audits will be carried out for effective implementation of LDAR program.
 Parameter will be set for repair and monitor the leaks; the said parameters will be more stringent than
regulatory values.
 The detected leaks will be repaired within time bound. Frequency for monitoring leaks will be quarterly
or monthly basis.
 Record of calibration as well as maintenance activity will be maintained.

7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Disaster is an event which causes severe disruption to life of number of people or to the project activities
resulting in suffering and loss of life and property. Disasters can be;
 Plant oriented – due to design errors, operational defects, chemical changes, failure of equipments
human errors etc. (in the plant area).
 Natural – Flood, Cyclone, Fire, Earthquakes.
 Manmade – War, Riot, Sabotage.
Degrees of Disaster
Disaster can be classified in 3 types depending on its effects.
 LOW – Can cause injury, illness and equipments damage but not very serious and quickly manageable.
 MEDIUM – Critical situation, can cause serious injuries to personnel, serious illness property and
equipment damage.
 HIGH – Catastrophic situation, major danger, can cause death, major widespread illness, injuries, loss of
major property and equipments. Immediately uncontrollable.
7.6.1 On-Site Emergency Plan

Preparation of On-site Emergency Plan will mandatory for each industrial unit. On-site Emergency plan
containing details how major accidents will be deal on the site on which the industrial activity will be carried on
and that plan shall include the name of the persons who is responsible for safety on the site and names of those
who are authorized to take action in accordance with the plan in case of emergency. Mock drill of the onsite
emergency plan will be conducted at least one in every six months.
On site Emergency Plan will be required to meet the emergency condition during disastrous event in the plant.
Its objectives are to:
 Rescue and treat casualties
 Safeguard other people & Installations
 Minimize damage
 Control initially and restore ultimately to normal situation
 Arrange rehabilitation of the affective people
149
NAVDURGA DYES &
Emergency Action Plan for On-Site Emergency Plan
The Action Plan should consist of the following:-
 Designated Emergency Control Centre/Room.
 Key Personnel.
Emergency Control Centre
This is the main center from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and co-ordinated.
Facilities to be made available in the emergency control are:
 Internal and external communication
 Computer and other essential records
 Daily attendance of workmen employed in factory
 Storage of hazardous material records and manufacturing records
 Pollution records
 Walky-talky
 Telephone directory
 Company Directory
 List of Important landline and Mobile phone numbers
 Layout plan showing Storage area of hazardous materials, Storage of safety equipments, Fire fighting
system and additional source of water, Site entrance, roadway and emergency exist, Assembly points,
surrounding location.
 List of Key Personnel with addresses, telephone number etc.
 Display board containing emergency telephone number of local fire brigade, GIDC Police station,
ambulance, District Collectorate office etc. at main gate of unit.
Assembly Points
A safe place far away from the plant but within the premises should be pre determined as assembly point where
in case of emergency personnel evacuated from the affected areas are to be assembled. The plant workers,
contract workers and visitors should assemble in assembly point in case of emergency and the time office clerk
should take their attendance so as to assess the missing persons during emergency.
The Key Personnel for onsite emergency
 Site Main Controller
 Incident Controller
 Other Key Officers
a. Communication Officer
b. Security and Fire Officer
c. Telephone Operators
d. Medical Officer
e. Personnel/Administrative Officer
f. Essential work team leaders
Site Main Controller (SMC)
The general manager of the Plant will be the site main controller. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and
external activities from the Emergency Control Centre at Main Security Gate from where all operations will be
directed. He shall:
 Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether the evacuation of staff from the plant is
needed.
 Exercise and direct operational control over areas other than those affected.
 Maintain a continuous review of possible development and assess in consultation with work incident
controller and other Key Personnel.
 Liaison with Police, Fire Service, Medical Services, Factory Inspectorate and other Govt. Agencies.
 Direct and control rehabilitation of affected area after emergency.
 Intimate Off-site Emergency controller if the emergency spreads beyond the factory premises and likely
to affect the surrounding area.
 Ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities.
 The Site Main Controller will declare the emergency and he will instruct gate office to operate the
emergency siren after assessing the gravity of the situation.
151
NAVDURGA DYES &
Incident Controller (IC)
He is the next responsible officer after the Site Main Controller. In case of emergency he will rush to the place of
occurrence and take overall charge and report to the Site Main Controller by personnel communication system
like cell phones or walky-talky and inform about the magnitude of emergency.
He will assess the situation and considering the magnitude of emergency he will take decision and inform
Communication Officer to communicate the news of emergency to different agencies. He will give direction to
stop all operations within the affected area. He will take the charge of Main Controller till the Main Controller
arrives. He will order for shutdown and evacuation of workers and staffs from affected area. He will inform all
Key Personnel and all outside agency for help. He will inform security and fire officers and State Fire Services. He
will ensure that all non-essential workers/staff are evacuated to assembly point and areas searched for
casualties. He will report all significant development to Communication Officer. Moreover he will advise to
preserve evidence of emergency into the cause of emergency.
Other Key Personnel and Their Duties
Communication Officer - On hearing the emergency siren/alarm he will proceed to the control center and
communicate to Incident Controller. He will collect information from the emergency affected area and send
correct message to Site main controller for declaration of emergency. He will maintain a log book of incident.
He will contact all essential departments. He will take stock of the meteorological condition from local
meteorological Department. He will communicate all information as directed by Works Main Controller.
Security or Fire Officer - The Security or Fire officer will be responsible for the fire fighting. On hearing the
emergency alarm/siren, he will reach the incident area with fire and security staff. Immediately after arrival to
the emergency area, he will inform through telephone or walky-talky to the communication officer. He will
inform to the Incident Controller about the situation and requirement of outside help like State Fire Service and
other mutual aid members. At the site, the entire fire squad member will respond to the advice and information
given by the incident controller. The security will control the visitors and the vehicle entry.
Telephone Operator - In case of fire is discovered but no emergency siren is operated, he shall ensure the
information about the location of the fire/emergency incident from the persons discovered/notices the above
and communicate to different Key Personnel immediately with clear message.
Medical Officer - Medical Officer with his team will report to the Incident Controller on hearing the
fire/emergency siren immediately. The ambulance will be parked nearest to the site of incident. Name of injured
and other casualties carried to the Hospital will be recorded and handed over to Incident Controller. The
ambulance will carry the injured to the nearest hospital for treatment.
Personnel/Administrative Officer - He should work as a liaison officer liaisoning with site main controller and
other essential departments such as Police, Press and Statutory authorities. His responsibilities shall include:-
 To ensure that casualties receive adequate attention to arrange additional help if required and inform
relatives.
 To control traffic movement into the factory and ensure that alternative transport is available when
needed.
 When emergency is prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and organize refreshment and
catering facilities.
 Arrange for finance for the expenditure to handle the emergency.
Essential Works and Team Leaders - During emergency the plants immediately affected or likely to be
affected, as determined by the Site Main Controller, need to be shut down for safety. In the area immediately
affected, it may be possible to isolate equipment from which flammable or toxic material is leaking. This work
must be immediately carried out by plant supervisors and essential operators. Workers/staff need to be
nominated to carry out the following essential works at the time of emergency:
 Extra first aid personnel to deal with casualties.
 Emergency engineering works, provision of extra or replacement of light, isolation of equipment,

temporary bypass electrical lines etc.
 Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.
 To act as runner in case of communication system fails.
The Site Main Controller will require a task force of suitable trained people for the following works:-
 Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated people.
 Assistance of casualty arrival areas to record details of casualties.
 Manning the factory entrance in liaison with security to direct emergency vehicle containing the gate
e.g. ambulance, fire tenders etc.
For these essential jobs designated teams should be made available. The responsibilities of the team and the
leader should be given.
The essential work teams are-
 Task Force and repair team.
 Fire fighting team.
 Communication team.
 Security Team.
 Transport Team.
 First aid and medical team.
 Safety team.
153
NAVDURGA DYES &
Communication System
Communication is a key component to control an emergency. The following communication system may be
provided in the plant-
 Walky-Talky
 Telephone (internal & external)
 Cell phone
 Intercom/paging
Alarm System
Suitable alarms require to be made for each of emergencies. The alarm should be audible in every part of the
site. In areas of high noise levels, an alternative to an audible alarm, such as flashing lights may be installed.
There are three levels of emergencies;
 First level: Confined to a particular unit of the entire site,
 Second level: A spreading emergency, that requires outside help, and
 Third level: A major emergency requiring neighboring population to be alerted.
Raising the First Level Emergency Alarm
Any person noticing an emergency should be able to raise or cause to be raised, the First Level Emergency
Alarm. All employees must be trained to operate such emergency alarms. There should be adequate places
within the site, where provision to raise an alarm is available. This could be an audible warning, individual signal
or message to a manned location.
Raising the Second and Third Level Emergency Alarms
In case there is a risk of the event spreading beyond the original unit and / or outside the site premises, then a
second level emergency alarm can be raised. This could be across the entire site, as opposed to the first which
could be at a part of the site.
In case a third level or (major) emergency is to be declared, telephonic information to members of the local
crisis group, or in case of failure of power and formal communication systems, and non-availability of mobile
phone signals, a big bell or a messenger can be deployed.
Declaring a Major Emergency:
Declaration of a major emergency should never be done on whims, immature judgement or without proper
thought. Further, because of the scale of activity that will commence due to declaration of a major emergency, it
is advisable to restrict the authority to declare it, and a limited number of persons may be invested the authority
to declare such an emergency, although care should be taken to ensure that at least one such person is always
at site.
Identifying the Type of Emergency through an Alarm:
Alarm systems vary and will depend upon the size of individual sites. The person noticing the incident should
warn all those in the site vicinity to either evacuate or take other immediate action according to a
predetermined plan. Automatic alarms may be considered. Audible alarms include sirens or other alarms over
public address systems.
Alarms for a particular type of emergency (toxic leak or fire) can be raised separately enabling different
emergency plans to be put in motion. However, this must be done after giving due thought about avoiding
confusion in the minds of the site personnel.
Use of alarms can be carried out to communicate different information such as:
 Declaration of a first level emergency by an alarm in a particular area
 Declaration of an advanced emergency situation by sounding of an alarm in the entire site
 Declaration of a major emergency by sounding of a hooter, alarm or by communication through phone,

bell or messenger.
Escape Route:
The escape route from each and every plant should be clearly marked. The escape route is the shortest route to
reach out of the plant area to open area, which leads to assembly point. This route should be indicated on the
layout plan attached to the On-site Emergency Plan.
Evacuation:
All non-essential staff should be evacuated from the emergency site. As soon as the emergency siren rings the
workers have to shut down the plant and move to the assembly point. The plant shut down procedure in case of
emergency should be prepared and kept ready and responsible persons should be nominated for the purpose.
Counting of Personnel:
All personnel working in the plant should be counted. Time office persons should collect the details of
personnel arriving at the assembly point. These should be checked with the attendances of regular workers,
contract workers present in the site on the day of emergency. The accident control should be informed and
arrangement should be made for searching missing persons in the emergency affected area. The employees‘
address, contact number of next to kin should be maintained in the time office so that during emergency
relatives of those affected due to emergency may be informed accordingly. Information in respect of emergency
should be given to the media and other agency.
All Clear Signal:
After control of emergency the Work Incident Controller will communicate to the works main controller about
the cessation of emergency. The main controller can declare all clear by instructing the time office to sound ―All
Clear Sirens‖.
155
NAVDURGA DYES &
Mutual Aid System:
Mutual aid scheme should be introduced among industries so that in case of emergency necessary help from
mutual aid partner may be extended.
Mock drills on emergency planning should be conducted once in 6 months and sequence of events should be
recorded for improvement of the exercise. Exercises on On-site Emergency Planning should be monitored by
Factory Inspectorate and the high officials of the organization and the plan is reviewed every year.
Emergency facilities:
The following facilities should be provided in any factory to tackle any emergency at any time.
 Fire protection and fire fighting facilities.
 Emergency lighting and standby power.
 Emergency equipment and rescue equipment like breathing apparatus with compressed air cylinder,
Fire proximity suit, Resuscitator, Water gel Blanket, Low temperature suit, First aid kit, Stretchers,
Torches, Ladders.
 Safety Equipment like Respirators, Gum boots, Safety helmets, Asbestos Rubber hand gloves, Goggles
and face shield, Toxic gas measuring instruments, Explosive meter, Oxygen measuring instruments,
Wind direction indicator.
On-site Emergency Plan should contain-
 Site plan and topographic plan.
 Plan showing the fire fighting facilities.
 Plan showing hazardous material storage area.
 Material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals.
 Facilities available in main control center.
 List of emergency equipment.
 List of Safety Equipment.
 List of important telephone numbers and addresses.
 Nearest hospitals and ambulance service center.
 Nearest fire station.
 Govt. Officials.
 Transport provider.
 Names and address & contact telephone number of Key Personnel.

The onsite emergency plan so prepared shall be documented in a printed form in sufficient copies to give all
concerned for knowledge, study and easy follow up. The emergency plan shall be rehearsed and practiced at
regular intervals to test efficiency of personnel, equipment coordinated efforts and to increase confidence and
experience to operate such plan. The plan so prepared should be updated annually.
7.6.2 Off-Site Emergency Plan

Offsite emergency preparedness is covered in the Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and
Response) Rules, 1996. The following are the responsibilities towards generation of the Offsite Emergency Plan:
 To provide basic information on Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment to the Local/District
Authority, Police, Fire Brigade, Doctors, surrounding industries and the public and to appraise them on
the consequences and the protection/prevention measures and control plans and seek their help to
manage the emergency.
 To assist the District Authorities in preparing the Off-site Emergency Plan.
An off-site emergency plan organization has essentially two parts:
 Formation of the Local Crisis Group: This Group is headed by the Deputy Collector or the Magistrate of
the Industrial area and is responsible for the management of any industrial emergency confined to the
local area.
 Formation of the District Crisis Group: This Group is headed by the District Collector of the District and
is responsible for any major Industrial emergency affecting Local and beyond any industrial area of the
District.
Functions of the Local Crisis Group:
The Local Crisis Group shall –
 Prepare local emergency plan for the industrial area.
 Ensure dovetailing of the local emergency plan with the district off-site emergency plan;
 Train personnel involved in chemical accident management;
 Educate the population likely to be affected in a chemical accident about the remedies and existing
preparedness in the area;
 Conduct at least one full scale mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site every six months and forward a
report to the District Crisis Group
Functions of the District Crisis Group:
The District Crisis Group shall –
 Assist the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;
157
NAVDURGA DYES &
 Review all the on-site emergency plans prepared by the occupier of Major Accident Hazards installation
for the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;
 Assist the district administration in the management of chemical accidents at a site lying within the
district;
 Continuously monitor every chemical accident;
 Ensure continuous information flow from the district to the Centre and State Crisis Group regarding
accident situation and mitigation efforts;
 Forward a report of the chemical accident within fifteen days to the State Crisis Group; and
 Conduct at least one full scale mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site each year and forward a report
of the strength and the weakness of the plan to the State Crisis Group.
The Off-site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by the District Magistrate in consultation with the factory
management and Govt. agencies. The plan contains up-to-date details of outside emergency services and
resources such as Fire Services, Hospitals, and Police etc. with telephone number. The district authorities are to
be included in the plan area.
 Police Department.
 Revenue Department.
 Fire Brigade.
 Medical Department.
 Municipality.
 Gram Panchayat.
 Railway Department.
 Telephone Department.
 Factory Department.
 Electricity Department.
 Pollution Control Department.
 Explosive Department.
 Press and Media.
Mock exercises on Off-site plan should be carried out at least once in a year to train the employees, up to date
the plan, observe and rectify deficiencies.
7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY
Occupational health and safety is about preventing people from being harmed by work or becoming ill from
work by taking adequate precautions and providing a safe and healthy work environment. Working with
chemicals and/or in a chemical industry poses many risks, including causing diseases/injuries like chemical burn,
Asthma, Allergies, Cancer, Asphyxiation etc. The necessary personal protective equipments should be given to
all the workers.
7.7.1 Hospital Facilities

Unit will make arrangement with nearby hospital having facilities to attend occupational health test for
attending the affected persons in the emergency arising out of accidents, if any.
7.7.2 Factory Medical Officer

Unit will appoint medical officer for regular medical checkup of each employee as & when required on frequent
basis.
7.7.3 Ambulance Van

An ambulance van will be available 24 hours and/or tie up with the nearest hospital for the availability of the
ambulance van as and when require.
7.7.4 First Aid Box

First Aid Boxes will be available at the different locations in the plant. Training will be given to employees for
First Aid.
7.7.5 Periodic Medical Examination

Periodic Medical examination will be conducted and examined by a qualified medical practitioner / Factory
Medical Officer, in the following manner:
 Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person.
 During employment, every year to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job.
Medical records will be maintained by unit.
 Once in a year, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of occupational health hazards
to which they will be exposed and in cases where in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer it will be
necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any workers;
 In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked viz., LFT, Chest X-rays,
Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG
and other parameters will be found necessary as per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.
159
NAVDURGA DYES &
7.7.6 Health Evaluation of Workers

 It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health
status evaluation of workers.
 Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health hazards likely
to be present where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for that purpose. Basic
examinations like Liver Function tests, chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near
vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried out. However, the parameters
and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer.
 While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with specific reference to the
hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health evaluation will be carried out
considering the bodily functions likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of
such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer.
7.7.7 Workplace Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Plan

 It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented in consultation with
Factory Medical Officer.
 Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic & corrosive substances or
harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and record will be
kept.
 The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For purposes of measuring
worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to place a reasonably accurate exposure measuring
device on the worker, within the worker‘s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full shift.
Unit has proposed to study the exposure data.
Work zone monitoring will be carried out in every month by independent competent third party. Records will be
kept as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Sampling locations will be identified. Ambient Air & Noise Monitoring shall
be done as per GPCB Consent to operate requirements. Following information will be incorporated in the
format for maintaining records of work zone monitoring:
 Location/ Operation monitored
 Identified contaminant
 Sampling instrument used
 Number of Samples
 Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample.

 Average concentration
 TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of Factories Act).
 Reference method used for analysis.
 Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored.
 Signature of the person taking samples.
 Other relevant details.
7.7.8 EMP to Keep Air-born Concentration of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals below its PEL
/TLV
 In work operations where employees only handle chemicals in sealed containers, which are not opened
under normal conditions.
 Provide employees with information and training to the extent necessary to protect them in the event
of a spill or leak of a hazardous chemical from a sealed container.
 The employer must ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals in the workplace is labeled,
tagged or marked with the following:
 Identity of the hazardous chemical.
 Appropriate hazard warnings
 Provision of Proper illumination, Exhaust Ventilation and regular Leak Survey.
 Close processes to avoid spills and exposures.
 Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters at the places where there is possibility of
presence of toxic chemicals.
 Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and corrosive
chemicals.
 Display of warning boards.
 Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.
7.7.9 Details of Occupational Health Impacts and Safety Hazards

Details of occupational health impacts and safety hazards are mentioned in below table:
Occupational Hazards Identification Occupational Health Impacts

Exposure to Toxic & Corrosive Chemicals Toxication, Irritation,
Exposure to Chemical Dust, Spillage/ Severe irritation to eyes & skin, Respiratory disorder,
161
NAVDURGA DYES &
Occupational Hazards Identification Occupational Health Impacts

leakage, Overflow Fatality, etc.
Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc. Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization, Fall Injury,
Electrocution, Damage to nearby equipment‗s, Fatality, etc.
Mitigation measures/ Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards are mentioned in
additional studies. In addition to these safety measures, personal protective equipment (IS approved) will also
be provided to the required personnel. List of PPE‗s are given below.
Table No. 7.18 – List of PPE‟s
Sr. No. Personal Protective Equipments (PPE‟s) Nos.

1. Safety Shoes 40
2. Safety goggles 40
3. Dust masks 40
4. Cartridge Masks 20
5. Hand gloves (Rubber, cotton, etc.) 50
6. Refractive Jacket 20
7. Ear Plugs 40
8. Ear Muffs 40
9. Safety helmet 40
10. Others (PVC apron, SCBA Set, PVC pressure suit) As per requirement
7.7.10 Monitoring of the Occupational Injury & It’s Impact on Workers

Following action plan will be prepared & followed to monitor the occupational injury to workers:
 Each workplace will be evaluated for the existing work conditions.
 Unsafe Act & Unsafe Practices will be identified.
 Unsafe equipment‗s, unsafe areas, etc. will be identified.
 Area will be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.
 Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and records will be kept.
 Evaluation of training & on the job work.
Impact of the above mentioned unsafe conditions on workers will be studied and remedial measures for the
same will be adopted.
7.7.11 Safety Trainings & Mock Drills

Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid, & all Safety Aspects) shall be provided every one month by
the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called from other Professional Safety Institutions and
Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labors will also be given safety training. To
create safety awareness, safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.
Mock Drills
To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness among employees mock
drill will be carried out at the interval of every six months.
After completion of the mock drill, summary report shall be made and corrections will be done if any weakness
has been observed.
Frequency of Mock Drills
On-site emergency: Once every 6 months
Off-site emergency: Once every year
7.8 SUMMARY
Additional studies i.e. Public consultation i.e. public hearing details, Risk Assessment & Hazard study and
Disaster Management Plan has been incorporated in this report as per scope of TOR letter. Project site is
located within the Notified Industrial Area, GIDC Ankleshwar which was notified prior to the EIA Notification,
th
2006 coming in to force hence as per O.M. J-11011/321/2016-IA. II (I) dated 27 April, 2018, Public Consultation
is not applicable for proposed expansion project.
To identify major risks in the manufacturing process and to evaluate on-site and off-site consequences of
identified hazard scenarios qualitative and quantitative risk assessment has been conducted.
Following Mitigation Measures suggested in QRA.
 The installation of all the equipment will be as per guidelines of provision of Gujarat Factories Rule
1963.
 Smoking will be prohibited inside the factory.
 First Aid facility and First-aid trained person will be available at the time of handling operation.
 Chemical Drums will be stored at designated location or secured in a safety storage cabinet.
 Drums, carboys and related accessories will be inspected on regular basis for maintenance purpose.
 All the vessels and equipment‗s will be earthed properly and protected against static electricity.
 Company will be made formal agreements with nearby hospitals to attend fire and/or emergency cases
for attending the affected persons in the emergency arising out of accident.
 First Aid Boxes will be made available at Security gate, emergency room, process plants, etc,.
 Mock drill will be carried out at the regular interval.
163
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed expansion and/or reduction in existing production capacity and addition of new products having
total capacity of 5.0 MT/Month (Either individual or Total production shall not exceed 5.0 MT/Month) and it is
located at Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat. Total Project cost after
2
expansion is Rs. 84.00 Lakhs. Total plot area is 704.00 m .
8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS

Infrastructure: Development of community assets (infrastructure) under Corporate Environment Responsibility
(CER) plan.
8.2 SOCIAL BENEFITS

Employment Potential: Local people will be benefited direct and indirectly during minor construction activity
and during operation phase. It is envisaged that total 9 Nos. of technical/nontechnical and labor based on their
knowledge and skill will be employed during the operational phase. In addition to this there will be indirect
business opportunities (tea vendors, restaurants, transporters, refreshment shop, cycle/motorcycle repair shop
etc.) for local people.
Upliftment of Local Peoples: Unit has already allotted budget (Rs. 0.40 Lakhs) for various welfare activities
within study area under CER plan which will have positive impact. The local people within nearby villages will
benefit of hygienic sanitation facilities, health facilities, drinking water facilities, etc. to be provided by
proponent.
8.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

 The development of Greenbelt in and around the plant premises will improve on the aesthetics of the
area.
 The implementation of Solar Street Light and roof top solar panel will help in energy conservation.
 The implementation of Rain Water Harvesting Scheme will help in resource conservation.
 Activities under CER plan will be decrease unemployment ratio and have upliftment of socioeconomic
condition of surrounding area.
8.4 SUMMARY
Expansion in established project will give major physical and social benefit as well as generation of employment.
It would help in increasing living standard of the nearly populations/ habitants through their different activity.
CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT
ANALYSIS
During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was suggested by the
appraisal committee. Hence, conducting a detailed environmental cost benefit analysis is not necessary for this
particular project.
CH 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

165
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental
management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. For
each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every
potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, the
following information is presented:
 To treat and disposed-off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste within statuatory limits
with appropriate technology.
 To promote green-belt development.
 To reduce fire and accident hazards.
 Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system.

 To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.
10.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

10.1.1 Construction Phase
There will be minor construction activity to be carried out for the proposed expansion. Hence increase in the
level of PM, CO2, CO, NOx would be negligible. Following measures are proposed to reduce the impacts due to
minor construction activity are mentioned below:
 Construction materials will be covered with tarpaulin sheets throughout the construction phase to avoid
dust generation.
 Barricading will be done wherever required during construction activities.

 Excavated soil and construction debris will be sprinkled with water and kept moist.
 Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid dust generation from transportation and stored material.
 Trucks used for transportation of construction materials shall be covered with tarpaulin sheet to avoid
dust dispersion at site.
 Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of materials and equipment.
 Regular maintenance/ inspection of vehicles used at site will be done.
 PPEs will be provided to the construction workers. Hence there will be no significant impacts on their
health due to the dust particle.

 Greenbelt development in and around the plant shall greatly serve as an efficient barrier for prevention
of air outside the plant premises.

10.1.2 Operation Phase
Following measures are proposed:
 After proposed expansion, Natural Gas will be used as a fuel in boiler with 12 m stack height.
 The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plant shall greatly serve as an efficient barrier for
prevention of air outside the plant premises.
 Regular monitoring will be done as per monitoring plan mentioned in chapter 6.
 PPEs will be provided to the workers. Hence there will be no significant impacts on their health due to
emission.
 There is no process emission from the existing production activity. After proposed expansion, HCl will
be generated from the Chlorosulphonic storage tank and it will be controlled by providing two stage
alkali scrubber.
Process Gas Emission
HCl will be generated from the proposed chlorosulphonic storage tank. Adequate scrubbing system will be
provided for the control of HCl gases to be emitted. The details of Air pollution control system for the HCl gas
emission are given in Table No. 10.1. Schematic diagram of air pollution control measures are given in Figure
No. 10.1.
Figure No. 10.1 – Schematic Diagram of APCM for Process Emission (HCl Gas)
CH 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

167
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 10.1 – Details of Process Gas Emission
Size of Capacity of
Sr. Scrubber (m) Scrubbing Pump
MOC Scrubber Output
No. Media Capacity
Ht. Dia. Tank (KL)
550 LPM Dilute HCl (15%): Reuse within

1. 3.0 0.25 PP Water 1.00
(3.0 HP Motor) Premises
For control of fugitive emission following practices is already implemented in existing unit and same shall be
continued after proposed expansion.
 The raw material is being/will be stored in closed containers and will be handled through closed system
to avoid the handling losses.
 Manufacturing activity is being/will be carried out in closed reactors/vessels and regular checking and
maintenance of the same is being/will be carried out to avoid any leakages.

 Reflux condenser is being/will be provided over reactor.
 System of leak detection and repair of pump/pipeline based on preventive maintenance.

 The reactor is being/will be connected to an efficient condenser system with chilling water/brine
circulation.
 Reactor handling pumps shall have mechanical seals to prevent leakages. Also provide with breather
valve to prevent losses.
 Entire plant is/will be flameproof.
 The sprinkling of water is being/will be done along the internal roads in the plant in order to control the
dust arising due to the movement of vehicular traffic.
 Thick greenbelt is being/will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions.
For control of VOC emission following practices is already implemented in existing unit and same shall be
continued after proposed expansion.
 Equipment/machineries engaged in handling and storage operations is being/will be checked prior to
loading/unloading and they will be kept in proper working conditions through regular inspection and
maintenance.
 Proper maintenance schedule is being/will be adhered to avoid emissions through flange joints, pump
seals etc.
 Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper preventive maintenance of roofs and seals for
tanks.
 All the raw material is being/will be accurately transfer to the reactor.

 Adequate ventilation is being/will be provided.
 All rotating equipments like pump is being/will be installed with mechanical seals to arrest any sort of
emissions.
 Airborne dust at all transfers operations is being/will be controlled either by spraying water or
providing enclosures.
10.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

During construction phase, sewage will be generated 0.50 KLD due to minor construction activity which will be
disposed through soak pit/septic system. Following mitigation will be measured:
 The water requirement will be met by GIDC and hence potential impact on groundwater resources is
not envisaged as source of water is not bore well.
 Runoff from site is being/will be prevented by providing adequate drainage system.
 Minimize water consumption through following steps:
o Curing water shall be sprayed on concrete structures.
o After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures shall be painted with curing chemical to save
water. This will stop daily water curing hence save water.
o Concrete structures shall be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then water should be sprayed on
them. This will ensure sustained and complete curing.
o Ponds shall be made using cement and sand mortar to avoid water flowing away from the flat surface
while curing.

 Sewage is being/will be treated in septic tank/soak pit system.
 Source of water is being/will be GIDC hence no ground water will be extracted.
 Total 3.80 KLD effluent will be generated after proposed expansion which will be send to existing ETP
and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further treatment.
 Detailed wastewater generation and water balance diagram mentioned in section 2.8.2 of chapter – 2.
 Details of ETP, Flow Diagram and Characteristics of Effluent mentioned in below:
Table No. 10.2 – Size of different units of ETP
Sr. No. Name of Unit No. Capacity (KL)

1. Collection Tank 1 5.0
2. Neutralization Tank 1 5.0
3. Filter Nutch 1 ---
4. Final Storage Tank 1 15

169
NAVDURGA DYES &
Figure No. 10.2 – ETP flow Diagram
Table No. 10.3 – Characteristics of Effluent
Sr. Raw water Final treated CETP discharge

Effluent parameters
No. effluent effluent norms
1. pH 6.7 7.3 6.5-8.5
o
2. Temperature, C 32 31 <40
3. Color, Pt- Co 750 95 <100
4. COD, mg/l 7045 2165 11,000
5. BOD, mg/l 690 195 3,600
6. Sulphate, mg/l 590 380 <1000
7. Oil & Grease, mg/l 5.2 0.49 <10
8. Heavy metals, mg/l ND ND <1
9. Phenolic Compounds, mg/l ND ND 1
Management, Collection and Disposal of Waste Streams to be generated from Spillage, Leakages, Vessel
Washing, used Container Washing etc.
 Storage area of Raw Material and Finished Products is/will be provided with dyke walls to hold any
unforeseen spillage/leakage. Curb wall will be made all around the production areas which will be
connected to effluent collection tank.
 Spillage from raw material and/or finished product handling will be collected in a sump through a drain
and flushed with water and pumped to the effluent collection tank for treatment. It will be diluted as
per the required properties of the spillage material.
 All flooring in production and plant area is/will be made with impermeable concrete thus elimination
any seepage into the ground.

 Check source of leakage point and repair it immediately.
 Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing.
 Vessel washing water is/will be collected through appropriate channels and taken to effluent collection
tank for treatment.

 Adequate spares for effluent collection and disposal system is being/will be maintained.
10.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

There will be a minor construction activity will be carried out and following measures will be proposed:
 Construction activities if any shall be allowed only during day time.
 Machinery used for construction will be of high standard of reputed make and will adhere to
International standards. These standards itself take care of noise pollution control / vibration control
and air emission control.

 Provision of PPEs like earmuffs/earplug to avoid adverse effects of noise on occupational health and
hearing capacity of workers as well as planning of working hours and shift of workers.
 The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plant shall greatly serve as an efficient barrier for
prevention of noise propagation outside the plant premises.
 Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of materials and equipment.

Noise may generate from motors, vehicular movement, generators, etc. Following measures will be proposed:
 All the equipment / machineries operated in the project will be designed / operated in such a way that
the noise level in work place will be minimal.
 Periodical noise monitoring is being/will be carried out to ensure that ambient noise levels are
restricted to permissible limits.
 Noise generating equipment like pump, motors, compressors, blower, engines etc. is being/will be
mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with proper and suitable rubber padding.
 Safety blow off valves, discharge pipes, relief valves, etc. is being/will be equipped with silencers.
 Regular lubrication and preventive maintenance is being/shall be done to reduce vibration and noise
generation.
 Greenbelt is being/will be developed in and around the plant.

 Provision of PPEs like earmuffs / earplug to avoid effects of noise on occupational health of workers as
well as planning of working hours and shift of workers.

 All vehicles is being/will be maintained speed limit inside the premises.

171
NAVDURGA DYES &
10.4 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Minor construction activities will be carried out for the proposed expansion project and expansion will be
carried out within existing premises. Hence No excavation or vegetation clearance will be required. Following
measures will be taken:
 Fuel leakage/spillage shall be mitigated by providing properly lined storage area.
 The solid wastes generated will be disposed properly through municipal solid waste disposal site to
avoid any adverse impacts on land.

 Proper sanitation facilities and drinking water shall be provided.

Hazardous waste generation with category, quantities and mode of disposal are discussed in Chapter – 2.
Following measures will be taken:
 Collection, storage and disposal of solid / hazardous waste will be carried out as per Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and Trans Boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
 All the solid/hazardous waste generated shall be packed in HDPE bags and stored in Hazardous Waste
Storage Facility having impervious layer and leachate collection system.
 Empty Barrels/Containers/Liners Contaminated with Hazardous Chemicals/Wastes will be collected,
stored, transported and disposed by send to authorized decontamination facility/recycler or reuse or
send back to supplier.

 ETP waste is being/will be disposed at TSDF site.
 Hydrochloric acid (15%) will be reused as a raw material within plant premises.
 Used oil will be disposal by selling to GPCB/ MoEF approved recycler/ reuse as lubricant within
premises.
 PPEs is being/will be provided to the workers.

 Hazardous waste will not be stored for a period more than 90 days.
 Record of the same is being/will be maintained and made available for inspection.
 Properly packed and labeled waste is being/will be transported through dedicated vehicle to
authorized TSDF site.
Methodology of de‐contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping.
 Rinse the discarded container twice with water, then completely fill the container with water and empty
to displace vapors.
 Allow the container to drain. All rinse water will be disposed in to the drain of wastewater collection
tank.
 Before disposing of the container remove the lid and write on the container's label ―EMPTY‖.
 Dispose of empty containers to GPCB approved vendor.
10.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

There will be minor construction activity to be carried out and Management will ensure that all
workers/employees will provide proper PPEs like ear plug/muff, safety helmet, safety gloves, safety goggles,
safety shoes etc. All the safety equipment will be placed properly and made available whenever required. First
aid facility will be provided for the workers/employees engaged in the working and provide necessary
treatments in case of accident.
10.5.2 Operational Phase

Industry will be very much concerned in terms of health, safety and environment protection. To maintain high
standards in Health, Safety and Environment; various activities shall be undertaken at the site. Industry will be
appointed safety manager, doctor on call for health checkup of employee. Medical aid/treatment during an
emergency will be arranged with the help of local hospital. Annual health check up of employees will be carried
out and record will be maintained as per factory rule. Regular training to plant personnel in safety firefighting
and first aid will be provided. Plant has a well-stocked first aid. Untill now, no major accident has taken place in
the existing unit. Thus from the previous performance of the company, same dedication is to be continued for
the proposed expansion. The following key safety measures are implemented in the existing plant and the same
will be a part of proposed expansion project:
 Safety training is/will be provided to the employees.

 Assembly point is being/will be defined for safe gathering during emergency.
 Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency are/will be provided.

 Fire Hydrant System is being/will be installed.
 Fire Extinguishers are/will be provided.

 The fire and safety equipment is/will be properly utilized and maintained regularly.
 Mock drills will be periodically conducted and factors like response time will be evaluated.
 Fire squad team is/will be formed for handling any emergency situation and regular training of squad
team will be conducted.
 First Aid Facility and training are/will be provided.

 Personal protective equipment are/will be provided to employees.
 Health checkup is/will be organized at regular intervals.
 Safety/Health records and MSDS will be maintained.

173
NAVDURGA DYES &
Housekeeping
Proper housekeeping is an essential part of sound environmental management. It is/will be rigorously seen that
there is no accumulation of wastes, especially combustible wastes inside the plant area. All firefighting
equipment and warning devices are/will be kept in perfect working conditions at all the times. It will be seen
that all personnel are aware of the implications of environmental pollution and simple practices to avoid
pollution.
For Preventive Maintenance
Do's Don’ts
 Do prepare a checklist for all preventive maintenance in  Do not perform any maintenance
accordance to the guidelines laid in adopted quality systems. activity without a valid work permit.
 Do affix identification tags / stickers on all equipment.  Do not leave loose the free end of air
 Do use appropriate PPEs as per job to be performed. line hoses.
 Do use suitable tools only which are in good condition for any  Do not work on any equipment when
maintenance job. Use spark‐less type of tools whenever required. it is in hot condition or with chemicals.
 Do perform all maintenance activity only when authorized and  Do not carry any gas cylinder / open
obtain a suitable work permit before start of any activity. flame / heated light source into tanks
 Do place a warning sign board bearing a legend such as work in or confined spaces.
progress while working.  Do not insert bare cable‐ends in the
 Do maintain records for all maintenance / repairs done. Maintain a plug socket. Use proper plug at all
history card for all equipment. times.
 Do use a lifting device within maximum safe working load.  Do not start machinery or equipment
 Do inspect the vessels / pipelines for their proper cleaning from unless authorized to do so.
chemicals, before staring any maintenance work. Also clean all  Do not keep nuts, bolts, gaskets and
equipment including pipelines before handing it for operation. tools on top of vessels. Keep them in
 Do check the earthing of equipment regularly. tool boxes provided.
 Do check oxygen content before making a confined space entry.  Do not undertake a confined space
 Do dispose waste appropriately. Segregate them before disposal. entry without supervision.
Strengthening of HSE (Applicable for Manufacturing Utility Staff)
Do's Don’ts
 Do choose a PPE appropriately, after reading the MSDS incase  Do not do any operation / act for which
of a chemical or depending on the plant operation to be you are not authorized.
performed.  Do not use temporary supports &
 Do use a gas detector and SCBA whenever there is any leakage connections during plant operations,
/ spillage of chemical. maintenance etc.
 Do clean up any chemical spillage immediately. Consult  Do not make changes to procedures,
supervisor for proper method when ever any doubt. follow the instructions.
 In case there has been any contact of chemicals with body do  Do not use compressed air for breathing.
stay under shower until all chemical is thoroughly washed off. In  Do not carry any matches/cigarette
case of eye contact do wash eyes immediately by keeping eyes lighter, it is strictly prohibited inside the
open over the eye wash fountain for at least 15 minutes. factory.
 In case of any declared emergency do gather at designated  Do not ride or climb on fork lift, hoists or
assembly points only. on rear of trucks etc.
 Do comply with all warning signs displayed at site.  Do not block the exit passage,
 Do report all accidents, however minor they may be, do report firefighting equipment, safety showers or
unsafe conditions and unsafe acts to your senior or safety access to them.
officer.  Do not ignore any alarm you have heard,
Do's Don’ts
 Do keep the work place clean and tidy; ensure proper it may be a real emergency.
segregation of scrap & non‐usable material.
10.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

Corporate Social Responsibility (CER) is mainly based on the community and environmental significances. A
budget of Rs. 84,000/- which is 1% of proposed expansion project cost will be allocated for CER activities and it
will be implemented in next 5 years after implementation of the project at nearby villages i.e. Kapodra, Motali,
Boidara, Umarwada.
Table No. 10.4 – CER Activities with Year wise Budget (Rs. in Lakhs)
Sr. Year wise Budget (Lakhs) Total

CER Activities
No. 2020-2021 2021-2022 2022-2023 2023-2024 2024-2025 (Lakhs)
Distribution of educational
1. books, stationary, uniforms 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.84
and aids etc.
Total 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.84
10.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of the greenbelt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the surrounding areas.
Greenbelt is thus a set of rows of trees planted in such a way that they form an effective barrier between the
plant and the surroundings. The greenbelt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise
generated in the plant apart from improving the aesthetics of the plant site. In order to control the industrial
pollutants, dense tree plantations are necessary. As the sedimentation pattern of the pollutants, ambient and
ground level concentration of pollutants are usually determined by the direction and speed of prevailing wind
and vertical and horizontal thermal gradients prevailing in the area, the belt of plantations will be designed
accordingly. The width of the tree belt depends on the gaseous emissions, availability of land and site/soil
characteristics etc. General principles in greenbelt design are:
 Type of pollution (air, noise, water and land pollution) likely from the activities at the site
 Agro-climatic zone and sub-zone where the greenbelt is located (and hence the plant species which can
be planted in the area).
 Water quantity and quality available in the area.

 Soil quality in the area.
2
Industry will be developed green belt (234.32 m ) at the project site which is as per CPCB norms. The spacing
between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically
and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt. The following points will be considered for selection
of plants species:
 Greenbelt absorbs both gaseous as well as particulate pollutants to a great extent. For absorbance of
gases, the duration of the foliage should be longer.
 Characteristics of tree/plants including shapes of crowns considered necessary for effective removal of
dust particles.

175
NAVDURGA DYES &
 Greenbelt/Plant species having good root system will be selected, so that soil erosion rates can be
controlled significantly.
Table No. 10.5 – List of trees to be planted within and outside premises
Sr. No. Name of the Tree No. of trees to be planted

1. Asopalav 10
2. Limdo 5
Total 15
Table No. 10.6 – Year wise tree plantation program along with budget
Sr. No. Year No. of trees to be planted Budget (Rs.)

1. 2020-2021 3 920.00
2. 2021-2022 3 920.00
3. 2022-2023 3 920.00
4. 2023-2024 3 920.00
5. 2024-2025 3 920.00
Total 15 4,600.00
Table No. 10.7 – Budget allocation for 5 years greenbelt
Sr. No. Particulats Trees (Nos.) Cost Total Cost (Rs.)

1. Trees 15 50.00 750.00
2. Shrub plants 5 10.00 50.00
3. Recurring Cost
a. Planting cost 5.00 100.00
b. Cost of drip irrigation 50.00 1,000.00
c. Fencing 10.00 200.00
d. Annual weeding and Soil working 20 5.00 100.00
e. Irrigation 5.00 100.00
f. Fertilization 15.00 300.00
g. Security & vigilance 100.00 2,000.00
Total Recurring Cost 3,800.00
Total Expenditure (1+2+3) 4,600.00
Following activities will be carried out for maintaining the greenbelt area:
 Annual planning for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted will be prepared and
fulfillment of the plan will be monitored by the EMC every six months
 A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in the monthly meetings. Any abnormal death rate of
planted trees will be investigated and acted upon immediately
 Watering of the plants, digging will be carried out on regular basis.
10.8 ODOR CONTROL PLAN

There is no process emission from the existing production activity. After proposed expansion, HCl will be
generated from the Chlorosulphonic storage tank it will be controlled by two stage alkali scrubber. However
some odor control measures will be carried out which is mentioned below:
10.8.1 Odor Control for Solid Handling

All solid raw materials will be charged directly to reactor through special air lock hopper so that no
odour is emitted to the environment. Powder transfer system will also be used where ever applicable to have
zero loss of powder into the atmosphere
10.8.2 Odor Control for Liquid Handling

All liquid raw material handled in drum will be cooled down during summer before charging so as to minimize
its vapour pressure and control of odour. Little or partial handling area will be equipped with suction hood
which finally connect with fume scrubber. A portable duct connection shall the mounted on drum vent nozzle to
exhaust fume while opening lid of the drum.
In addition to above, following common practices shall be followed to control any odor from plant.
 Regular monitoring of work area by supervisors.
 Source control of odors emanating from plants.
 Sufficient Ventilation shall be provided in all plants as per Gujarat factory Rules.
 Provision of exhaust fan for air circulation and odor dilution with the ambient air.
10.9 RESOURCE CONSERVATION

10.9.1 Rain Water Harvesting (RWH)
2
 The net plot area is 704.00 m . The site will have 1 pocket as per the area of plot.
 Pocket will have independent harvesting well. A de-silting chamber will be provided to de-silt and
remove floating material through bar screen.
Rainwater Harvesting Plan:
 Adequate rainwater harvesting pit will be provided.
 Rain water outlets shall be provided at various locations on terrace based on the criteria that minimum
1% slope to be provided towards rain water outlet from the ridges.

 The rainwater collected from the rooftop areas within the project area will be conveyed into the
rainwater harvesting system consisting of Desilting-cum-Filter Chamber, Oil & Grease Separators than
its disposal into recharge pits.

177
NAVDURGA DYES &
Table No. 10.8 – Details of maximum rain water generated
Area Maximum rainfall Runoff Total rain

Description 2 3
(m ) intensity (m/h) coefficient water (m /h)
Roof area 312.04 0.075 0.8 18.72
Green area 234.32 0.075 0.3 5.27
Paved area 157.64 0.075 0.5 5.91
Total 704.00 29.91
Details of Rainwater Harvesting Pits:
Number of pits 1 Nos.

Size of pits 4m x 3m x 3m
Size of Bore 350 mm dia.
Size of pipe 150 mm dia.
Depth of bore pipe will be kept 5 m above than U/G water level.
Figure No. 10.3 – Schematic Diagram of Rain Water Harvesting Pit

10.9.2 Energy Conservation
Energy conservation measures would be implemented to ensure that the use of non-renewable resources is
minimized. The energy management action plan would be consistent with the energy conservation measures
during both construction and operation phase. The following mitigation measures would be undertaken:
During Construction Phase
 Maximum use of natural light is an integral part of the architectural design.
 Proper planning of cross ventilation shall be taken into consideration.

 Solar Lighting shall be used in landscaped areas.
 Thermal Insulation shall be provided on rooftop to conserve energy.

 CFL lighting fixtures shall be used in the common areas.
 Highly energy efficient Variable refrigerant volume (VRV) central air conditioning.
 China mosaic on terrace floor to reduce heat.
 Appropriate design to shut out excess heat and maintain Indoor air quality.
 Throttling down and switching off construction equipment when not in use;
 Switching off truck engines while they are waiting to access the site and while they are waiting to be
loaded and unloaded;
 Switching off site office equipment and lights and using optimum lighting intensity for security and
safety purposes;
 Regular maintenance of equipment to ensure optimum operations and fuel efficiency.
During Operation Phase
 Using energy efficient electrical appliances.

 Installing lighting control devices where appropriate and linking to photoelectric operations.
 Providing sufficient energy metering and switching for energy management.
 Throttling down and switching off idle equipment.
 Regular maintenance of all powered equipment to ensure appropriate energy consumption.

 Communication and education of energy conservation measures to employees.
 Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good housekeeping which will help
in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.
 Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.
Solar Panel Calculation

2 2
 Solar Panel area required for 1 kw = 150 ft = 13.94 m
 Size of one solar panel = 1 m x 2 m
 Power supplied by one solar panel = 0.3 kw
 5 hr. require for consumption of energy from sunlight.

179
NAVDURGA DYES &
 We have proposed 9 kw emergency lighting through solar system.
 Solar Panel require for 9 kw = 9/0.3 = 30 = 30 Panels

2 2
 Area require for 9 kw solar system = 150 x 9 = 1350 ft = 125.41 m (40.19 % of Roof area)
10.10 CLEANER PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES

Cleaner Production is an approach to environmental management that aims to improve the environmental
performance of products, processes and services by focusing on the causes of environmental problems rather
than the symptoms. In this way, it is different to the traditional ‗pollution control‘ approach to environmental
management, where pollution control is an after-the‐event, ‗react and treat‘ approach. Cleaner Production
reflects a proactive, ‗anticipate and prevent‘ philosophy. Cleaner Production is most commonly applied to
production processes by bringing about the conservation of resources, the elimination of toxic raw materials,
and the reduction of wastes and emissions. However it can also be applied throughout the life cycle of a
product, from the initial design phase through to the consumption and disposal phase. Techniques for
implementing Cleaner Production include improved housekeeping practices, process optimisation, raw material
substitution, new technology and new product design. The following approach will be used to implement a
cleaner production:
 Identify the hazardous substance to be phased out, on the basis of the precautionary principle.
 Undertake a chemical/material flow analysis.
 Training employees in proper material storage and handling procedures

 Establish a time schedule for the phase-out of the hazardous substance in the production process, as
well as its accompanying waste management technology.

 Implement and further develop cleaner production processes and products.
 Provide training and technical and financial support.

 Actively disseminate information to the public and ensure their participation in decision making.
 Facilitate substance phase-out with regulatory and economic incentives.
 Facilitate the transition to cleaner production with social planning, involving workers and communities
affected.
 The cost of complying with environmental legislation can be significantly reduced by companies that
adopt cleaner production techniques. The latter are often more cost-effective than control technologies.
The costs of dealing with wastes are reduced, and there is potential for new markets to be discovered
through innovations or the sale of by-products.

 Cleaner production will reduce environmental risks and liabilities and lead to greater competitiveness.
By demonstrating a commitment to cleaner production, companies can also improve their public image
and gain the confidence of consumers.

10.11 BUDGET FOR EMS
Capital cost of EMS estimates based on cost of air pollution control equipment‗s, waste management facility,
greenbelt development and management plan, safety measures and other components of the EMP will be
implemented along with the commissioning of the proposed expanstion project. The budgetary provision made
for environmental management is mentioned in Table No. 10.9.
Table No. 10.9 – Budget for EMP
Sr. Capital Cost Recurring Cost

Particulars
No. (Lakhs) (Lakhs/Annum)
1. Air pollution Control 2.00 1.50
2. Water pollution Control 1.00 1.20
3. Green Belt Development 1.00 0.04
4. Hazardous Waste Disposal 5.00 0.25
Total 9.00 2.99
10.12 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

10.12.1 Corporate Environmental Policy (CEP)
Navdurga Dyes & Chemicals has a well laid down Corporate Environmental Policy that includes the standard
operating procedures (SOP) for reporting on the performance of environmental management system for
improvement. Further, the administrative order of company to deal with the environmental issues and the
reporting mechanism of non-compliance/violation of environmental norms. Corporate Environmental policy
comprises of the following:
 Adoption of State of Art Technology for Prevention and Control of Environmental impacts.
 Commit ourselves to prevent pollution & protect the environment by preventing or minimizing the
environmental impacts of its activities & products through appropriate design, manufacturing,
distribution, use & disposal practices.
 Review facilities and programs on regular basis and establish targets, quantified as appropriate for
continuous improvement of our environmental performance.
 Conversion of waste into wealth and optimum utilization of natural resources helps in reducing carbon
footprints.
 Identification and Evaluation of Non-Conformance and/or Non-Compliances to determine specific
corrective and preventive actions. Management review of corrective actions to ensure the status and
effectiveness of the actions. Ensure that the policy is made available to interested parties & is reviewed
on periodic basis.

181
NAVDURGA DYES &
10.12.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

To facilitate the Environment Management System, one of the most important aspects is form an Environment
Management Cell. Qualified and experienced person in the field of Chemical/Environment either
Chemical/Environmental Engineer or Environmental Scientist with Post graduate degree in safety has appointed
for overall responsibility for the management of all the issues related to Environment, Health and Safety within
the plant. In consultation with in-charge of the plant, he will directly report to the Senior Management
(Director/Executive Director) of the company for issues related to the Environment Management System of the
unit. Responsibility of EMC is as under:
 Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.
 Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made under EMP.
 Effective implementation of EMS and suggested environmental monitoring program at the plant level.
 Measurement of various parameters suggested in environmental monitoring program as per suggested
schedule.
 Prepare budget for environment management program and proper allocation of the funds for the
same.
 To control the pollution levels below the prescribed limits. Analyze the data and decide the critical areas
for immediate attention and corrective actions.
 To rectify the problem areas in the EMS, if any and provide necessary assistance in the form of
replacement of any equipment or by improving performance of the same.

 To ensure compliance with the stipulated statutory standards and norms as well as condition of
statutory clearances and approval like EC, CC&A etc.
The unit has established an Environmental Policy which is attached as Annexure – 6. Organogram of the EMC is
mentioned below:
Figure No. 10.4 – Organogram of the Environment Management Cell

10.13 SUMMARY
The main purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be generated from
the project and to mitigate the consequences. During operation phase the industry shall maintain
comprehensive environment management plan in place for the proposed expansion unit which shall covers all
the environment protection measures to mitigate improvised environmental impact. Solid/Hazardous waste
management will be done as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016. Noise level within the plant premises will be measured regularly and will try to maintain range
3
within permissible limit. Total rain water of 29.91 m can be harvested in Monsoon season. Approx. 15 Nos. of
trees will be planted within next five years. Rs. 9.00 lakhs has been allotted as capital cost for EMS and Rs. 2.99
Lakhs/annum is allotted as a recurring cost for EMS. The unit has already developed an EMC for existing unit as
an integrated managerial body from various disciplines to co-ordinate the project activities concerned with
implementation of environment control measures and management.

183
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION
MT/Month) and it is located at Ankleshwar GIDC. Industry has valid CC&A order No: AWH – 92598, dated:
24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their existing products. Proposed project falls under Schedule 5
(f) i.e. Synthetic organic chemicals industry under Category B located in a Notified Industrial Area/Estate.
Navdurga Dyes and Chemicals has submitted Form-1 along with Prefeasibility Report and proposed ToR for
carrying out Environmental Studies, to the SEIAA, Gujarat with proposal No: SIA/GJ/IND2/30502/2018 and File
No: SIA/GJ/17702/2019. Presentation for approval of proposed ToR was done at the SEAC, Gandhinagar on
05/03/2019. SEAC has recommended the proposed TOR to SEIAA and SEIAA has approved the ToRs vide Letter
No: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/685/2019 dated 04/05/2019. Since, the project is located in notified industrial area,
public hearing is not required as per paragraph 7 (i) (III) (i) (b) of the EIA Notification, 2006.
11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed expanstion project is a manufacturing unit for Dyes, due to demand of existing as well as
MT/Month) and it is located at Plot No: C1B/414, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar – 393002, Dist.: Bharuch, Gujarat.
Industry has valid CC&A order No: AWH – 92598, dated: 24/04/2018 which is valid up to 25/02/2023 for their
existing products. No National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/ Marine Sanctuary are located within 10 km radius of
proposed expansion project. Project cost after proposed expansion is Rs. 84 Lakhs, out of which Rs. 16.00 Lakhs
are allotted for EMS. Existing power 65 KVA is being /will be sufficient for the proposed expansion project.
Source of power is DGVCL. Total 9 nos. of manpower will be required after proposed expansion project during
operation phase. During opertaional phase, water requirement will be 9.70 KLD and it will be met from GIDC.
Wastewater generation during operation phase from industrial activities will be 3.80 KLD send to existing ETP
and finally discharged to CETP – ETL for further treatment after achieving all norms in permissible limit. 12 m
stack heigh is being/will be attached with the Boiler for proper dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.
Existing as well as after proposed expanstion natural gas is being/will be used as a fuel. There is no process gas
emission from the existing production activity. After proposed expansion, HCl gas will be generated from the
chlorosulphonic storage tank and pollution will be controlled by provided Two Stage Alkali Scrubber.
Hazardous/Solid waste is being/will be collected, stored and disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Waste
2 2
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Total plot area is 704.00 m and 234.32 m will be
developed as Greenbelt. Once all the regulatory clearances for the project will be approved, the estimated time
for the project completion is 6 months.
11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Micrometeorology: During the study, wind was blowing mostly from SW – NE direction and wind speed range
0.0 to 22.5 km/h. Based on the wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that maximum dispersion of air
pollutant will be in NE direction during the period of March to May.
Ambient Air: All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found within the limit as per NAAQS. It
is interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is decent. This interpretation relate to the results
found for particular locations and study period.
Soil: The results of pH shows that soils are acidic to alkaline in reaction. The soils are categorized as sandy loam
Ground Water: Results of all villages meet with the standard, while the results of calcium and megnesium are
having high value at location of Umarwada and Mandwa Bujrg respectively. The reason of high concentration of
calcium and magnesium in ground water may be due to high content of Iron in nearby surface water resources.
Also it is interpreted that water supply by GIDC at project site.
Surface Water: On the basis of test results of River Water quality, it is understood that River water quality does
not meet with drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. From the Results of BOD, COD & Iron shows that the
water has been contaminated with organic matter and Iron due to directly or indirectly disposal of untreated
sewage and effluent. This water may be used for drinking purpose after proper treatment followed by
disinfection but it would not be directly used for driking purpose.
Noise: Based on noise level data for residential area and industrial area, it is understood that noise levels are
within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF&CC.
Traffic Survey: Based on existing traffic scenario, LOS values for N. H. No. – 8 have been found 0.57 i.e. good.
Ecology & Biodiversity: In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. There is a
domestic animal like buffalo, cow, goat, dog were find out in the study area. There was no Rare or Endangered
or Endemic or Threatened species observed during primary survey.
Socio-Economic: On the basis of survey, it was observed that almost pakka road facility, all basic amenities like
Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are
available in all villages.
11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

During the construction and operation phase various activities are considered to be important towards
development of impacts, impacts are identified and proper mitigation measures are suggested. Impact
identification matrix with quantitative impact matrix with and without mitigation measures during construction
and operation phase have also been carried out. From air modeling study, it has proved that the air emission
from the proposed expansion project is not increased in significant manner. The resultant concentrations are
within the NAAQS. It can be concluded that the overall negative impacts from various activities on different
environmental parameters is negligible with proper EMP in place.
11.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Project is located in GIDC, Ankleshwar is a well-developed Notified Industrial Area with necessary infrastructure
facilities.
CH 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

185
NAVDURGA DYES &
11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

Environmental samples will be collected as per the guidelines provide by MoEF&CC/ CPCB/ GPCB. The method
followed will be recommended/standard method approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB. Industry will be
propsed Rs. 2.99 Lakhs/Annum for environmental monitoring. Industry will maintain the pollution load under
permissible limit and will take necessary precautions to maintain the same. Regular records review for change in
financial requirements of environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall
be made and revised regularly on requirement.
11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Additional studies i.e. Public Consultation i. e. public hearing details, Risk Assessment & Hazard study and
Disaster Management Plan has been incorporated in this report as per scope of TOR letter. Project site is
located within the Notified Industrial Area, GIDC Ankleshwar which was notified prior to the EIA Notification,
th
2006 coming in to force hence as per O.M. J-11011/321/2016-IA. II (I) dated 27 April, 2018, Public Consultation
is not applicable for proposed expansion project.
To identify major risks in the manufacturing process and to evaluate on-site and off-site consequences of
identified hazard scenarios qualitative and quantitative risk assessment has been conducted.
Company had made formal agreements with nearby hospitals to attend fire and/or emergency cases for
attending the affected persons in the emergency arising out of accident. First Aid Boxes will be made available
at Security gate, emergency room, ETP and process plants. Mock drill will be carried out at the interval of every
year.
11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT

Expansion in established project will give major physical and social benefit as well as generation of employment.
It would help in increasing living standard of the nearly populations/ habitants through their different activity.
11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was suggested by the
appraisal committee. Hence, conducting a detailed environmental cost benefit analysis is not necessary for this
particular project.
11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The main purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be generated from
the project and to mitigate the consequences. During operation phase the industry shall maintain
comprehensive environment management plan in place for the proposed expansion unit which shall covers all
the environment protection measures to mitigate improvised environmental impact. Solid/Hazardous waste
management will be done as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016. Noise level within the plant premises will be measured regularly and will try to maintain range
3
within permissible limit. Total rain water of 29.91 m can be harvested in Monsoon season. Approx. 15 Nos. of
trees will be planted within next five years. Rs. 9.00 lakhs has been allotted as capital cost for EMS and Rs. 2.99
Lakhs/annum is allotted as a recurring cost for EMS. The unit has already developed an EMC for existing unit as
an integrated managerial body from various disciplines to co-ordinate the project activities concerned with
implementation of environment control measures and management.
11.11 CONCLUSION
Proposed expansion project is located in notified industrial area of Ankleshwar and would not have any
considerable impact on environment with efficient mitigation measures implemented. The waste generation in
form of gas (flue gas and process gas), effluent and solid waste may have impacts on environmental parameters
but the proponent has planned and installed most efficient technologies for prevention of emission and
treatment of effluent. Further, the solid/hazardous waste will be disposed of through TSDF site. Hence there
would not be any considerable impacts on environment. With the implementation of the mitigation measures
and EMP, the proposed project activities will have positive beneficial effect on the local population, economic
output and other related facilities viz. employment, development of business, transportation etc. Rapid risk
assessment including emergency response plan and DMP has been prepared to handle any sort of emergencies.
Hence looking to the overall project justification, process, pollution potential and pollution prevention measures
/technologies installed by proponent, environmental management activities of proponent; it has been
concluded that the proposed expansion project would not have any considerable impacts on environment as
well as socio-economic and ecological conditions of the project area. Hence proposed expansion project is
considered environmentally safe.
CH 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

187
NAVDURGA DYES &
CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 DETAILS OF CONSULTANT
Navdurga Dyes & Chemicals has appointed Greenleaf Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. for carrying out this Environmental
Impact Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date. Details of Greenleaf Envirotech
Pvt. Ltd. are mentioned below:
Name : Greenleaf Envirotech Pvt. Ltd.

Address : 302, Kankavati Complex, Singanpor – Causway Road, Katargam, Surat – 395004.
Mob. No. : +919725519974
E-mail : kalpesh.goti@glepl.com
Website : www.glepl.com
Status of accreditation : High Court Stay Order
Greenleaf Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. is one of the leading companies in the field of Environmental Consultancy Service
providers in India having NABL accredited laboratory. We also take up services which include and are not
limited to Environment Monitoring and Testing, Environment Audit, Risk Assessment Studies, Turnkey solutions,
Operation and Maintenance contracts and obtaining various statutory clearances from Ministry of Environment,
Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and State Pollution Control Boards.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report & Environmental Management Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Impact Assessment Report & Environmental Management Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Project Proponent: NAVDURGA DYES & CHEMICALS

LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................................................................... VII

LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. X

LIST OF ANNEXURES ........................................................................................................................... XII

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT ....................................................................................... XIII

UNDERTAKING BY CONSULTANT...................................................................................................... XIV

TOR LETTER ISSUED BY SEIAA, GUJARAT ......................................................................................... XVI

TOR COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................................... XXII

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ...................................................................................................................................1

CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................... 6

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ....................................................................................................................................................6

2.7.7 Acid Brown-45 (Acid Brown-2RL) ...........................................................................................................29

CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................... 40

3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA .........................................................................................................................................40

CHAPTER 4 – ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......... 90

4.1 CRITERIA FOR MAGNITUDE OF IMPACTS......................................................................................................90

CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ............................................. 109

5.1 ALTERNATIVES AND OTHER TECHNOLOGY .................................................................................................109

CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ........................................................... 110

6.1 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ..............................................................110

6.5 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING .........................................................................................112

CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................. 114

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................................................................................114

CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS....................................................................................................... 164

8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS ...............................................................................................................................................164

CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................ 165

CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 166

10.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...............................................................................................................................................166

CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION................................................................................. 184

11.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................184

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..........................................185

CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS .............................................................................. 188

12.1 DETAILS OF CONSULTANT ..................................................................................................................................188

Table No. 3.24 – Literacy Rate .................................................................................................................................................. 77

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT

TOR LETTER ISSUED BY SEIAA, GUJARAT

TOR COMPLIANCE XXXII

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

MT/Month) and it is located at Ankleshwar GIDC.

 Total project cost after expansion will be Rs. 84.00 Lacs.

located in well-developed industrial area.

km radius of the project.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Table No. 1.2 – Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation

Sr. No. Applicable Rules, Acts and Regulation

1.5 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

 To cater to demand in domestic market.

 Up gradation of the infrastructure in the facility.

 Lead to generation of direct and indirect employment opportunities.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

Sr. No. Location Latitude Longitude

1. A 21°37'14.35"N 73° 01'10.01"E

2. B 21°37'14.28"N 73° 01'10.66"E

3. C 21°37'15.51"N 73° 01'10.80"E